01.03.2013 Views

pdf - 14652 kB - CARNet

pdf - 14652 kB - CARNet

pdf - 14652 kB - CARNet

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

UDK 669+621.7+51/54(05)=163.42=111=112.2<br />

1962.<br />

god./year<br />

1966. -<br />

1978.<br />

god./years<br />

ISSN 0543-5846<br />

METABK 45 (4) 269-352 (2006)<br />

metalurgija<br />

metallurgy<br />

4<br />

Osnivač časopisa - Društvo inženjera i tehničara Željezare Sisak<br />

Founder of the Journal - Society of Engineers and Technitians of Steel Works Sisak<br />

Suizdavači časopisa - Tehnološki Fakultet Sveučilišta u Zagrebu<br />

/ Odjeli u Sisku<br />

- Institut za metalurgiju Sisak<br />

Co-Publishers of the Journal - Technological Faculty University of Zagreb<br />

/ Departments in Sisak<br />

- Institute for Metallurgy Sisak<br />

45<br />

METALURGIJA, vol. 45, br. 4, str. 269-352 Zagreb, listopad / prosinac (October / December) 2006.<br />

th<br />

year


UDK 669+621.7+51/54(05)=163.42=111=112.2<br />

METALURGIJA<br />

METALLURGY<br />

Izdavač / Publisher: Hrvatsko metalurško društvo (HMD) - Croatian Metallurgical Society (CMS)<br />

Adresa / Address: Berislavićeva 6, 10 000 Zagreb, Hrvatska / Croatia<br />

Phone/Fax: + 385 1 619 86 89 (service), Phone: + 385 98 317 173<br />

Internet / On line: http://pubwww.srce.hr/metalurg<br />

(On line) ISSN 1334-2576, (CD-ROM) ISSN 1334-2584<br />

Urednički odbor / Editorial Board:<br />

ISSN 0543-5846<br />

METABK 45 (4) 269-352 (2006)<br />

METALURGIJA, vol. 45, br. 4, str. 269-352 Zagreb, listopad / prosinac (October / December) 2006.<br />

I. ALFIREVIĆ, Zagreb - Croatia, I. BUDIĆ, Slavonski Brod - Croatia, R. DEŽELIĆ, Split - Croatia,<br />

S. DOBATKIN, Moscow - Russia, H. HIEBLER, Leoben - Austria, M. HOLTZER, Krakow - Poland,<br />

M. JENKO, Ljubljana - Slovenia, M. JURKOVIĆ, Rijeka - Croatia, R. KAWALLA, Freiberg - Germany,<br />

I. MAMUZIĆ, Sisak - Croatia, L. MIHOK, Košice - Slovakia, V. ROUBIČEK, Ostrava - Czech,<br />

A. VELIČKO, Dnipropetrovsk - Ukraine, F. VODOPIVEC, Ljubljana - Slovenia<br />

Glavni i odgovorni urednik / Editor-in-chief: ILIJA MAMUZIĆ, ilija.mamuzic@public.carnet.hr<br />

Lektori / Linguistic Advisers: B. RÖMER, hrvatski jezik/Croatian language, M. MIRILOVIĆ † , engleski i<br />

njemački jezik / English and the German language<br />

Tehnički urednici / Technical Editors: M. GOLJA, golja@siscia.simet.hr, J. BUTORAC<br />

Internet / On line and CD-ROM: J. LOPATIČ, delta-computers@pu.t-com.hr, UDK / UDC: LJ. VUKOVIĆ<br />

METALURGIJA izlazi u četiri broja godišnje. Godišnja pretplata 53 EUR (protuvrijednost u kunama).<br />

Pretplatu prima Hrvatsko metalurško društvo.<br />

METALLURGy is published quarterly. Subscription rates per year 53 EUR. Subscription should be paid to:<br />

Croatian Metallurgical Society.<br />

Komp. obrada / Comp. design: DELTA COMPUTERS d.o.o., Tisak / Print: LKDL-Print d.o.o.<br />

Naklada / Print: 600 primjeraka / pieces. Rukopise ne vraćamo. / Manuscript are not returned.<br />

Članci objavljeni u časopisu “Metalurgija” referiraju se u međunarodnim sekundarnim publikacijama i bazama podataka.<br />

Articles published in the journal “METALLURGy” are indexed in the international secundary periodicals and databases:<br />

- Science Citation Index (ISI-SCÍ)<br />

- Research Alert (ISI)<br />

- Metals Abstracts<br />

- EI Compendex Plus<br />

- PaperChem<br />

- Metadex<br />

- Geobase<br />

- Chemical Abstracts<br />

- Mechanical Engineering Abstracts<br />

- Aluminium Industry Abstracts<br />

- Dialog Sourceone (SM) Engineering<br />

- Energy Science Technology<br />

- Engineered Materials Abstracts<br />

- Analytical Abstracts Online<br />

- Chemical Engineering and Biotechnology Abstracts<br />

- Referativny Zhurnal<br />

- Fluidex<br />

- Embase<br />

- Elsevier Biobase<br />

- Elsevier Geo Abstracts<br />

- Corrosion Abstracts<br />

- World Texstiles<br />

- Scopus<br />

- EMBiology<br />

Fotopreslici članka mogu se dobiti u The Genuine Article service, Institute for Scientific Information 3501 Market Street<br />

Philadelhia PA 19104 USA, i Copyright Clearance Center, ASM International; Materials Park, Ohio 44073-0002, USA.<br />

Photocopies of the articles are available through The Genuine Article service, Institute for Scientific Information 3501<br />

Market Street Philadelhia PA 19104 USA, and Copyright Clearance Center, ASM International; Materials Park, Ohio<br />

44073-0002, USA.<br />

Časopisu “Metalurgija” daje novčanu potporu: Ministarstvo znanosti, obrazovanja i športa Republike Hrvatske.<br />

Journal “Metallurgy” is financially supported by: Ministry of Science, Education and Sports Republic of Croatia.


Content - Sadržaj<br />

I. Mamuzić<br />

Survey of 7 th International Symposium of Croatian Metallurgical Society<br />

Pregled Sedmog međunarodnog Simpozija Hrvatskog metalurškog društva<br />

I. Mamuzić<br />

Minutes of the Meeting of the Editorial Board of Journal Metalurgija<br />

Zapisnik sa sastanka Uredničkog odbora časopisa Metalurgija<br />

Editorial Board of the Journal Metalurgija<br />

Urednički odbor časopisa Metalurgija<br />

Rule Book of the Journal Metalurgija<br />

Pravilnik časopisa Metalurgija<br />

Original Scientific Papers - Izvorni znanstveni radovi<br />

M. Bizjak, L. Kosec, B. Kosec, I. Anžel<br />

The Characterization of Phase Transformations in Rapidly<br />

Solidified Al-Fe and Cu-Fe Alloys through Measurements of the Electrical Resistance and DSC<br />

Karakterizacija faznih transformacija brzo skrutnutih Al-Fe<br />

i Cu-Fe slitina pomoću mjerenja električne otpornosti i diferencijalno skenirajuće kalorimetrije<br />

S. Bockus<br />

A Study of the Microstructure and Mechanical Properties of Continuously Cast Iron Products<br />

Studij mikrostrukture i mehaničkih svojstava kontinuirano lijevanih željeznih proizvoda<br />

Preliminary Notes - Prethodna priopćenja<br />

K. Jelšovská, B. Pandula<br />

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectral Function and Moments<br />

for Proton Pairs in Powdered Paramagnetic Substances MnSO 4 ·H 2 O and NiSO 4 ·H 2 O<br />

Funkcija spektra magnetne rezonancije<br />

jezgre i momenata za parove u praškastim paramagnetnim tvarima MnSO 4 ·H 2 O i NiSO 4 ·H 2 O<br />

D. Kudelas, R. Rybár, G. Fischer<br />

Concept<br />

of Accumulation System Configuration Enabling the Usage of Low-Potential Wind Energy<br />

Koncept<br />

konfiguracije akumulacijskog sustava koji omogućava uporabu nisko potencijalne energije vjetra<br />

K. Kostúr<br />

Regulation of the Heating Furnace in Tube Rolling Mill<br />

Regulacija zagrijevne peći u valjaonici cijevi<br />

M. Jurković, Z. Jurković, M. Mahmić<br />

An Analysis and Modelling of Spinning Process without Wall-Thickness Reduction<br />

Analiza i modeliranje procesa rotacijskog tiskanja bez stanjenja debljine stjenke<br />

271<br />

277<br />

279<br />

281<br />

287<br />

291<br />

299<br />

303<br />

307


Review Papers - Pregledni radovi<br />

S. V. Dobatkin, J. Zrník, I. Mamuzić<br />

Nanostructures by Severe Plastic Deformation of Steels: Advantages and Problems<br />

Nanostrukture dobivene intenzivnom plastičnom deformacijom: postignuća i poteškoće<br />

J. Zrník, I. Mamuzić, S. V. Dobatkin<br />

Recent Progress in High Strength Low Carbon Steels<br />

Najnoviji napredak kod visokočvrstih niskougljičnih čelika<br />

J. Dańko, M. Holtzer<br />

The State of Art and Foresight of World’s Casting Production<br />

Stanje i predmnijevanje svjetske proizvodnje odljevaka<br />

Z. Keran, M. Skunca, M. Math<br />

Finite Element Approach to Analysis of Axisymmetric Reverse Drawing Process<br />

Pristup metodom<br />

konačnih elemenata analizi procesa osnosimetričnog protusmjernog dubokog vučenja<br />

P. Virdzek, K. Teplická<br />

Progressive Methods in Design and their Application in Engineering Industry<br />

Napredne metode u dizajnu i njihova primjena u strojarstvu<br />

Review - Prikaz<br />

I. Mamuzić<br />

Popis recenzenata članaka objavljenih u časopisu Metalurgija u 2006. godini<br />

List of Reviewers of the Articles Published in Journal Metallurgy in the Year 2006<br />

313<br />

323<br />

333<br />

341<br />

347<br />

352


I. MAMUZIĆ: SURVEY OF 7th I. MAMUZIĆ, President of Croatian INTERNATIONAL Metallurgycal Society<br />

SYMPOSIUM OF CROATIAN METALLURgICAL SOCIETY<br />

“Materials and Metallurgy”<br />

http://pubwww.srce.hr/metalurg<br />

7th International Symposium of Croatian Metallurgical Society “Materials and Metallurgy”<br />

was held as a part of:<br />

- 55th anniversary of the foundation of Croatian Metallurgical Society (from Society of Engineers and<br />

Technician Steel Works Sisak 1952 y.);<br />

- 45th anniversary of the foundation and publication of the Journal Metallurgy.<br />

At the 7 th International Symposium of Croatian Metallurgical Society “Materials and Metallurgy”<br />

the following countries had participated:<br />

1. Austria<br />

2. Belgium<br />

3. Beloruss<br />

4. Bosnia and Herzegovina<br />

5. Brasil<br />

6. Bulgaria<br />

7. China<br />

8. Croatia<br />

9. Czech Republic<br />

10. England<br />

11. Egypt<br />

12. France<br />

Survey of 7 th International Symposium<br />

of Croatian Metallurgical Society<br />

S H M D<br />

’2006.<br />

Šibenik 2006, June 18 - 22<br />

Solaris Holiday Resort, Croatia<br />

13. germany<br />

14. Hungary<br />

15. India<br />

16. Iran<br />

17. Italy<br />

18. Japan<br />

19. Korea<br />

20. Lithuania<br />

21. Netherlands<br />

22. Poland<br />

23. Portugal<br />

prof. Franc<br />

Vodopivec<br />

Opening Ceremony of Symposium<br />

24. Romania<br />

25. Russia<br />

26. Serbia and Montenegro<br />

27. Slovakia<br />

28. Slovenia<br />

29. South Africa<br />

30. Spain<br />

31. Sweden<br />

32. Turkey<br />

33. Ukraine<br />

34. USA<br />

The aim of this Symposium is to point out<br />

all the possibilities of the materials and achievements in metallurgy.<br />

prof. Ilija<br />

Mamuzić<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 271-275 271


I. MAMUZIĆ: SURVEY OF 7 th INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF CROATIAN METALLURgICAL SOCIETY<br />

ORGANIZER<br />

CROATIAN METALLURgICAL SOCIETY (CMS)<br />

PATRONS<br />

- European Steel Federation<br />

- International Iron and Steel Institute<br />

- Ministry of Science, Education and Sport Republic of<br />

Croatia,<br />

- Croatian Chamber of Economy<br />

CO-ORGANIZERS<br />

- Academy of Engineering Science of Ukraine<br />

- University of Mining and Metallurgy, Faculty of Foundry<br />

Enginering, Krakow<br />

- University of Ljubljana, Faculty of Natural Science<br />

and Engineering<br />

- Baikov Institute of Metallurgy and Materials Science,<br />

Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia<br />

- University of Sarajevo, Faculty for Metallurgy and<br />

Materials Science, Zenica<br />

- National Metallurgical Academy of Ukraine<br />

- Technical University of Košice, Faculty of Metallurgy<br />

- Technical University of Košice, Faculty of Mechanical<br />

Engineering<br />

- Technical University of Košice, Berg Faculty<br />

- University of Zagreb, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering<br />

and Naval Architecture<br />

- University of Osijek, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering,<br />

Slavonski Brod<br />

- University of Rijeka, Technical Faculty<br />

- VŠB Technical University of Ostrava<br />

- University of Split, Faculty of Eleectrical Engineering,<br />

Mechanical Engineering and Naval Architecture<br />

- Institute of Metals and Technology, Ljubljana<br />

- Institute of Materials Research of the Slovak Academy<br />

of Sciences in Košice<br />

- Steel Works Split<br />

- Moscow State Steel and Alloys Institute<br />

- Physico-Technical Institute National Academie of Science<br />

Minsk<br />

- Politehnica University of Bucharest<br />

- Institute of Metallurgy “Kemal Kapetanović”, Zenica<br />

- Pisarenko Institute of Problems of Strength NASU,<br />

Kiev<br />

- Dnepropetrovsk National University<br />

- Iron Metallurgy, Prague<br />

- Slovak University of Technology in Bratislava, Faculty<br />

of Materials Science and Technology<br />

CO-OPERATION WITH ORGANIZATIONS<br />

- german Iron and Steel Institute (VDEh)<br />

- ATS - Association Technique de la Siderurgie Francaise<br />

- CENIM - Centro National de Investigaciones Metalurgicas<br />

Spain<br />

272<br />

- ChSM - The Chinese Society for Metals China<br />

- CRM - Centre de Recherches Metallurgiques Belgium<br />

- Eisenhütte Österreich - The Austrian Society for Metallurgy<br />

- Iron and Steel Society, USA<br />

- ISIJ - The Iron and Steel Institute of Japan<br />

- JERN - Jernkontoret, Sweden<br />

- SRM Romanian Society for Metallurgy<br />

- SITPH - Association of Polish Metallurgical Engineers<br />

- HOOgOVENS The Netherlands<br />

- SHS - Slovak Metallurgical Society<br />

- Sociedade Portuguesa de Materiais<br />

- MVAE - Association of Hungarian Steel Industry<br />

- Steel Federation of the Czech Republic<br />

- Union of Bulgarian Metallurgists<br />

- IBS - Instituto Brasileiro de Siderurgia<br />

- AIM - Associazione Italiana di Metallurgia<br />

- The Japan Institute of Metals<br />

SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE<br />

J. Alfirević Croatia H. Hiebler Austria<br />

M. Jurković Croatia R. Kawalla Germany<br />

L. Kosec Slovenia L. Mihok Slovakia<br />

I. Mamuzić Croatia-President S. Nikulin Russia<br />

P. Rybar Slovakia V. Trošćenko Ukraine<br />

F. Vodopivec Slovenia-Vice Pres. A. Veličko Ukraine<br />

HONOUR BOARD<br />

A. Avramov Bulgaria P. Ayed France<br />

M. Badida Slovakia I. Budić Croatia<br />

J. Butterfild England J. Christmas Belgium<br />

Z. Crnečki Croatia T. Ćurko Croatia<br />

Ž. Domazet Croatia N. Domljanović Croatia<br />

P. Fajfar Slovenia E. Ch. Frank S. Africa<br />

J. Frenay Belgium P. Grgač Slovakia<br />

H. Jäger Austria M. Jenko Slovenia<br />

A. Karić B. and H. A. Kochubey Ukraine<br />

I. Koštan Croatia C. Madaschi Italia<br />

T. Mikac Craotia A. Normantyn England<br />

M. Oruč B. and H. L. Parilak Slovakia<br />

G. Parvu Romania I. Pučko Croatia<br />

V. Roubiček Czech R. J. Sinay Slovakia<br />

S. Sundberg Sweden P. Tardy Hungaria<br />

R. Turk Slovenia F. A. Zaghla Egypt<br />

Z. Zengyong China<br />

ORGANIZING COMMITTEE<br />

V. Živković Croatia-President<br />

M. Buršak Slovakia-Vice President<br />

D.Constantinescu Rom. S. Dobatkin Russia<br />

A.I. GordienkoBeloruss V. Harčenko Ukraine<br />

M. Holtzer Poland J. Kliber Czech R.<br />

W. Lehnert Germany D. Novak Croatia<br />

V. Šatoha Ukraine I. Vitez Croatia<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 271-275


I. MAMUZIĆ: SURVEY OF 7 th INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF CROATIAN METALLURgICAL SOCIETY<br />

TOPICS OF THE SYMPOSIUM WERE:<br />

Materials<br />

- New Materials<br />

- Refractory Materials<br />

- The Development<br />

- Applications<br />

- Physical Metallurgy<br />

Metallurgy<br />

- Process Metallurgy and Foundry<br />

- Plastic Processing of Metals and Alloys<br />

- Technologies<br />

- Energetics<br />

- Ecology in Metallurgy<br />

- Quality Assurance and Quality Management<br />

There were 475 reports, 799 authors and coauthors<br />

registered for the seventh International Symposium of the<br />

Croatian Metallurgical Society.<br />

250 participants were present at the symposium. Symposium<br />

activity took place through plenary lectures and<br />

four sections (poster):<br />

Plenary lectures................................................................... 12<br />

Materials - Section “A”.................................................... 188<br />

Process Metallurgy - Section “B”................................. 113<br />

Plastic Processing - Section “C”................................... 69<br />

Metallurgy and Related Topics - Section “D”.......... 93<br />

For the plenary lectures research topics were selected<br />

relating partly to the new materials and partly to the increase<br />

of efficiency of metallurgical procedures, decrease of<br />

required energy as well as improving of products quality<br />

(Aluminium and High Strength Steels).<br />

PLENARY LECTURES WERE:<br />

Ľ. Mihok, P. Demeter, D. Baricová, K. Seilerová;<br />

Faculty of Metallurgy Technical University of Košice,<br />

Košice, Slovakia<br />

Utilization of Ironmaking and Steelmaking Slags<br />

W. Lehnert, R. Kawalla, D. Hübgen; Institut für Metallformung,<br />

TU Bergakademie Freiberg, Germany<br />

Herstellung von Hochwertigen<br />

Bädern und Blechen aus Aluminiumwerkstoffen<br />

M. Holtzer, J. Dańko; Faculty of Foundry Engineering<br />

University of Mining and Metallurgy, Cracow, Poland<br />

The State of<br />

Art and Foresight of World’s Casting Production<br />

S. Dobatkin, J. Zrnik*, I. Mamuzić**; Baikov Institute<br />

of Metallurgy and Materials Science, Russian Academy of<br />

Sciences, Moscow, Russia, *COMTES FHT, Plzen, Czech<br />

Republic, **Faculty of Metallurgy University of Zagreb,<br />

Sisak, Croatia<br />

Nanostructures by Severe Plastic<br />

Deformation of Steels: Advantages and Problems<br />

J. Zrník, I. Mamuzić*, S. V. Dobatkin**; Comtes FHT,<br />

Ltd., Plzen, Czech Republic, *Faculty of Metallurgy<br />

University of Zagreb, Sisak, Croatia, **Moscow Institute<br />

of Metallurgy and Materials Science, Russian Academy<br />

of Sciences, Moscow, Russia<br />

Recent Progress in High Strength Low Carbon Steels<br />

F. Vodopivec, M. Jenko, J. Vojvodič - Tuma; Institute of<br />

Metals and Technology, Ljubljana, Slovenia<br />

Stability of<br />

MC Carbide Particles Size in Creep Resisting Steels<br />

O. Golovko, I. Mamuzić*, O. Grydin; National Metallurgical<br />

Academy of Ukraine, Dnepropetrovsk, Ukraine,<br />

*Faculty of Metallurgy University of Zagreb, Sisak,<br />

Croatia<br />

Method for Pocket Die Design on the Base of Numerical<br />

Investigations of Aluminium Extrusion Process<br />

Ya. V. Frolov, I. Mamuzić*, V. N. Danchenko; National<br />

Metallurgical Academy of Ukraine, Dnepropetrovsk,<br />

Ukraine, *Faculty of Metallurgy University of Zagreb,<br />

Sisak, Croatia<br />

The Heat Conditions of the Cold Pilger Rolling<br />

Comprehensive outline of plenary reports (the 5 reports)<br />

were published in the journal Metalurgija 45 (2006)<br />

3, 147-184 as the article, other 3 plenary report will be<br />

published in Metalurgija 45 (2006) 4. The summaries<br />

of all lectures of 7th Symposium were published also in<br />

Metalurgija 45 (2006) 3, 185-268.<br />

Review of the lectures of Poster section were also published<br />

in the Journal Metalurgija 45 (2006) 3:<br />

- Review of the lectures of materials - section “A”, Metalurgija<br />

45 (2006) 3, 191-194;<br />

- Review of the lectures in process metallurgy - section<br />

“B”, Metalurgija 45 (2006) 3, 221-224;<br />

- Review of the lectures of plastic processing - section<br />

“C”, Metalurgija 45 (2006) 3, 239-241;<br />

- Review of the lectures of metallurgy and related topics<br />

- section “D”, Metalurgija 45 (2006) 3, 253-255.<br />

For this symposium the reports were prepared by the<br />

authors and coauthors from various world universities,<br />

institutes, academies and companies. It is to be emphasised<br />

that the scientists from three Croatian universities (Zagreb,<br />

Rijeka, Osijek) participated in the symposium.<br />

In the time of 7 th Symposium was also held:<br />

- meeting of International Editorial Board of the Journal<br />

Metalurgija.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 271-275 273


I. MAMUZIĆ: SURVEY OF 7 th INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF CROATIAN METALLURgICAL SOCIETY<br />

Based of the recommendation of Menaning Board<br />

of Croatian Metallurgical Society, Editorial Board has<br />

adopted:<br />

- Rule Book on the Journal Metalurgija, the articles 5. and<br />

10.;<br />

- for the Editor - in - chief is reelected Acad. Prof. D. Sc.<br />

I. Mamuzić instead of the period 2004-2008 y. for the<br />

period 2006-2010 y.<br />

More than 150 participants were included in a round<br />

table session on the achievements, conclusions and closing<br />

of the 7 th International symposium “Materials and<br />

Metallurgy”.<br />

In the discussions it was confirmed that the symposiums<br />

organized by Croatian Metallurgical Society have<br />

become traditional assembly of experts and scientists<br />

of various profiles: metallurgists, geologists, physicists,<br />

chemists, mechanical engineers etc.<br />

With a demonstration of their best achievements they<br />

all assist the metallurgy in Croatia to call the same attention<br />

as it does otherwise in the world.<br />

Subsequently we give some of the discussions on the<br />

7 th Symposium following sections:<br />

F. Vodopivec: Materials - Section “A”<br />

188 summaries were selected for this section of the<br />

symposium. It is, thus, understandable that in the range<br />

of time given, it was not possible to prepare a real survey,<br />

but only a short recording of main topics investigated and<br />

of the purposes aimed. To obtain a better overview on the<br />

content of this section of the symposium, the summaries<br />

were classified in 16 groups on the base of the content, as<br />

it could be understood from the summary. In most of the<br />

summaries the accent is given to the goal and the method of<br />

investigation and little information is given on the achieved<br />

results. It is, thus, possible that a number of summaries<br />

were not placed in the suited group.<br />

A wide range of topics is presented: the formation of<br />

microstructure by solidification, hot working, and heat<br />

treatment, equilibrium and kinetics of phase formation,<br />

tensile properties from crio over ambient to very high<br />

temperature, fatigue strength by stressing and combined<br />

stressing and fretting, creep rate at elevated and very high<br />

temperature, calculation of phase equilibira and kinetics,<br />

new and improved methods for the characterization,<br />

improvement of technology, development of new alloys,<br />

modelling of properties and processes, and calculation of<br />

stresses by operation and of lifetime of parts of machines<br />

and structures. In a number of summaries remarkable<br />

achievements, theoretical and for application, are presented.<br />

In this aspect, the average quality and relevance<br />

for application of the achievements reported, although<br />

274<br />

only in summaries, are improved in comparison to the<br />

previous symposium.<br />

In the majority of summaries the alloy investigated are<br />

different steels. In a number of summaries also results on<br />

investigations on aluminium, titanium, magnesium, nickel,<br />

zirconium, niobium, molybdenum, copper and heavy metals<br />

alloys are reported. In most of the groups, the exception is<br />

only the group “Aluminium and magnesium” alloys, investigations<br />

on alloys with different base metal are included.<br />

In comparison to the previous symposium, the number<br />

of summaries reporting on investigations on amorphous<br />

and nano grain size alloys and summaries with theoretical<br />

calculations of equilibria and properties as well as modelling<br />

are increased. Of equal importance is the considerable<br />

number of summaries on calculation of the stressing of<br />

parts in use and of degradation of properties due to surface<br />

oxydation or microstructural processes at the temperature<br />

of operation f.i. steels in parts of thermal power works.<br />

The summaries were submitted mainly scientists from<br />

universities and institutes. Authors from industrial companies<br />

are found in 22 summaries, mostly in those submitted<br />

from Slovenian scientists.<br />

The number of authors of summaries is in the range<br />

one to seven, mostly two or three.<br />

The countries of origins of authors are: Croatia,<br />

Ucraine, Russia, Bela Rus, Litva, Polonia, Slovakia, Czech<br />

Republik, Slovenia, Romania, Turkey, Spain and Bosnia-<br />

Herzegovina. Authors from different countries are found<br />

in a small number of summaries, also.<br />

These groups are:<br />

- processing of ferrous and non ferrous alloys;<br />

- powder metallurgy;<br />

- physical metallurgy;<br />

- mechanical properties;<br />

- wet and dry corrosion, corrosion resistance;<br />

- surface technology;<br />

- computer calculation and modelling;<br />

- composites;<br />

- methodology of investigation;<br />

- aluminium and magnesium alloys;<br />

- non ferrous alloys;<br />

- welding, microstructure and properties of welds;<br />

- nano and amorphous alloys;<br />

- application and degradation in service;<br />

- miscellaneous;<br />

- non metallic’s.<br />

Ľ. Mihok: Process Metallurgy - Section “B”<br />

The section contained 113 papers. According to their<br />

scope they were subdivided into fourteen groups:<br />

- coke production;<br />

- sintering of fine materials;<br />

- pig iron production;<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 271-275


I. MAMUZIĆ: SURVEY OF 7 th INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF CROATIAN METALLURgICAL SOCIETY<br />

- steel production;<br />

- non - ferrous metals;<br />

- foundry metallurgy;<br />

- refractories;<br />

- production of ferroalloys;<br />

- thermal energetics;<br />

- environment aspects;<br />

- smelting reduction;<br />

- welding;<br />

- inorganic materials;<br />

- miscellaneous.<br />

In same cases it was difficult to include the contribution<br />

into specific group as it contained information related<br />

to more fields.<br />

The Symposium presented many new information both<br />

to scientists and factory staff members and we hope that<br />

this high level will be kept in the future. Our thanks are<br />

directed to organizers.<br />

P. Fajfar: Plastic processing - Section “C”<br />

69 contributions have been received for Section C on<br />

Plastic processing of materials. According to their scope<br />

they were subdivided into 9 groups:<br />

- plastic deformation;<br />

- plate and shape rolling;<br />

- extrusion;<br />

- wire drawing;<br />

- tubes production;<br />

- sheet metal forming;<br />

- reheating process;<br />

- modernization;<br />

- miscellaneous.<br />

The most numerous are the contributions of the scientists<br />

from Croatia, Poland, Slovenia, Russia, Slovakia, Bosnia<br />

and Herzegovina, Czech Republic, germany, Turkey and<br />

Romania. Survey of the authors shows that nearly one fifth<br />

of the contributions are the result of co-operation between<br />

research institutes from different countries. The most evident<br />

is co-operation of Croatian scientists with colleagues from<br />

Ukraine, Slovenia, Slovakia and Bosnia and Herzegovina.<br />

Most contributions have been sent by research institutions<br />

(59), 12 of them are result of co-operation between research<br />

institutions and industry and only 4 of them have been written<br />

by authors who work only in industry.<br />

The variety topics and different ways of the solutions<br />

of problems treated in papers presented is a confirmation of<br />

vitality of metallurgical science in Europe and in Croatia.<br />

From this point of view the organizer of 7 th International<br />

Symposium of Croatian Metallurgical Society may be<br />

satisfied.<br />

P. Fajfar: Metallurgy and Related Topics - Section “D”<br />

93 contributions have been received for Section D<br />

on Metallurgy and related topics. The most numerous are<br />

the contributions of the scientists from Slovakia, Ukraine,<br />

Croatia, Poland, Russia and s. o. With the exception of four<br />

contributions presented from enterprises, the rest of them<br />

are results of scientific work in research and educational<br />

institutes.<br />

Topics of section D are:<br />

- marketing and management in metallurgical and mining<br />

enterprises;<br />

- mineral engineering;<br />

- energy sources;<br />

- environment pollution;<br />

- heat transfer;<br />

- science on materials;<br />

- computer science;<br />

- other applications.<br />

Although the papers presented in the section “Metallurgy<br />

and related topics” are very heterogeneous according<br />

to scientific discipline, quality and subject matter of most<br />

of the papers justify their including into the program of the<br />

symposium. Their usefulness for the branch of metall-urgy<br />

can be seen in the possibility of comparison in meth-ods<br />

and techniques used in applied research and resolving<br />

certain professional problems. First, this refers to mineral<br />

dressing and other disciplines that it leans on. Secondly,<br />

this refers to computer application for resolving technological<br />

problems. Thus, it can be concluded that including<br />

papers from other disciplines adjacent to metallurgy and<br />

wider into the program of the symposium is useful and<br />

stimulating in interdisciplinary terms for future.<br />

Based on the analysis and evaluation of the subject matter<br />

of the symposium, the symposium has been appraised<br />

positively and it has been acknowledged that it has its place<br />

in the international exchange of knowledge.<br />

It is reasonable to conclude that the demonstrated results<br />

of scientific and professional investigation accompanied<br />

by the complete and quality manifestations, especially<br />

discussions at the round table prove that the organizing of<br />

the 7 th International symposium of Croatian Metallurgical<br />

Society “Materials and Metallurgy” in Šibenik 2006, June<br />

18 - 22 was justified. Especially has to be emphasized that<br />

the participants will keep wonderful memories of Šibenik<br />

and Solaris Hotels.<br />

Based on the agreement of Meeting of World Metallurgical<br />

Societys, Düsseldorf, November 2005 y. and the<br />

conclusion of the round table the next 8 th International<br />

Symposium of Croatian Metallurgical Society “Materials<br />

and Metallurgy” will be held 2008 - June 21 - 25.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 271-275 275


8 th INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM<br />

OF<br />

CROATIAN METALLURGICAL SOCIETY<br />

All the informations please see:<br />

http://pubwww.srce.hr/metalurg<br />

S H M D ’2008.<br />

MATERIALS AND METALLURGY<br />

CALL FOR PARTICIPATION<br />

The 8 th Symposium is also in the “Calendar of International Conferences for 2008”<br />

(Meeting of World Metallurgical Societys, Düsseldorf, November 2005).<br />

CROATIA, June, 21 - 25, 2008


I. I. mamuzIć, mamuzIć: Editor-in-chief mINuTES of Journal ThE mEETINg Metalurgija of ThE EdITorIal I. mamuzIć, Board glavni of i JourNal odgovorni urednik Metalurgija časopisa Metalurgija<br />

M I N U T E S<br />

of the meeting of the Editorial Board of Journal<br />

Metalurgija, held on 19 June 2006 in the hotel Ivan<br />

- Solaris with the beginning at 7 Pm.<br />

Present: I. alfirević, l. mihok, f. Vodopivec, S. dobatkin,<br />

I. mamuzić, m. holtzer, V. roubiček, I. Vitez<br />

(deputy for I. Budić), d. hübgen (deputy for r.<br />

Kawalla), d. Živković (deputy for r. deželić).<br />

absent: m. Jurković, m. Jenko, h. hiebler, a. Veličko<br />

(excused).<br />

The Editor-in-chief, I. mamuzić opened the meeting<br />

and proposed the following<br />

AGENDA<br />

1. recommendations of managing Board of Croatian<br />

metallurgical Society (CmS)-Please ENCl.<br />

2. opinion on the Journal Metalurgija and recommendations<br />

for the future work.<br />

3. other business.<br />

The agenda was unanimously accepted.<br />

Re. 1. The members of the Editorial Board have received<br />

earlier the material for this point of agenda, i.e.:<br />

at its 12 th session of 6 april 2006 held on the occasion<br />

of the 45th anniversary of the appearance of metallurgy<br />

Journal, after a conducted discussion the managing Board<br />

of the Croatian metallurgical Society (CmS) made for the<br />

Editorial Board of metallurgy Journal the following<br />

rECommENdaTIoNS<br />

a. CmS President and Editor-in Chief of metallurgy Journal<br />

are to be elected for a 4-year term. Earlier these elections<br />

were held at 2-year intervals. In view of this, the<br />

managing Board recommends to the Editorial Board to<br />

re-elect the incumbent Editor-in Chief mr. I. mamuzić<br />

(2004-2008) for the term 2006-2010.<br />

B. The ministry of Science, Education and Sports has<br />

passed the ordinance on the Publication of Journals<br />

whereby criteria for subsidising the publication of journals<br />

are tightened. This particularly applies to reviewing<br />

and the composition of editorial boards.<br />

- In this regard, the rules of Procedure of metallurgy<br />

Journal shall be amended in article 5 by adding: “with<br />

at least one reelection”.<br />

- The following text shall be added to article 10: “In case<br />

of their absence, the members of the Editorial Board<br />

can send their approvals or disapprovals of particular<br />

items on the agenda or else designate a proxy. a member<br />

may not be absent from more than 4 meetings in<br />

succession”.<br />

Z A P I S N I K<br />

sa sastanka uredničkog odbora časopisa<br />

Metalurgija, održanog 19.06.2006. u hotelu Ivan -<br />

Solaris sa početkom u 19 00 .<br />

Nazočni: I. alfirević, l. mihok, f. Vodopivec, S. dobatkin,<br />

I. mamuzić, m. holtzer, V. roubiček, I. Vitez<br />

(zamjena za I. Budić), d. hübgen (zamjena za r.<br />

Kawalla), d. Živković (zamjena za r. deželić).<br />

Izočni: m. Jurković, m. Jenko, h. hiebler, a. Veličko<br />

(opravdano).<br />

Sastanak je otvorio glavni i odgovorni urednik I.<br />

mamuzić te predložio slijedeći<br />

DNEVNI RED<br />

1. Preporuke upravnog odbora hrvatskog metalurškog<br />

društva.<br />

2. mišljenje o časopisu Metalurgija i preporuke za budući<br />

rad.<br />

3. razno.<br />

dnevni red je jednoglasno prihvaćen.<br />

Ad. 1. Članovi uredničkog odbora pohvalno su ranije<br />

dobili materijal za ovu točku dnevnog reda, tj.:<br />

Povodom 45. obljetnice tiskanja časopisa metalurgija,<br />

nakon provedene rasprave, upravni odbor hrvatskog<br />

metalurškog društva (hmd) na svojoj 12. sjednici<br />

održanoj dana 06.04.2006. goidne donio je uredničkom<br />

odboru časopisa Metalurgija sljedeće<br />

PrEPoruKE<br />

a) Izbor predsjednika hmd-a te glavnog i odgovornog<br />

urednika časopisa metalurgija je na 4 godine. ovi izbori<br />

su se dosad odvijali u razlici 2 godine. glede toga<br />

upravni odbor predlaže upravnom odboru na sljedećoj<br />

sjednici u 2006. godini reizabrati glavnog i odgovornog<br />

urednika I. mamuzić (2004.-2008.) na mandatno razdoblje<br />

2006.-2010. godine.<br />

B) ministarstvo znanosti, obrazovanja i športa donijelo je<br />

Pravilnik o izdavanju časopisa, kojim su pooštreni uvjeti<br />

dodjele novčane potpore ministarstva za tisak časopisa.<br />

Posebice se to odnosi na recenzije i sastav uredničkog<br />

odbora.<br />

- glede toga u Pravilnik o načinu rada časopisa Metalurgija,<br />

u točki 5. je dopuna: “barem s jednim reizborom“.<br />

- u točki 10. dodaje se tekst: “u slučaju izočnosti,<br />

članovi uredničkog odbora mogu pismeno dostaviti<br />

svoje pozitivne ili negativne odluke na točke dnevnog<br />

reda ili odrediti zamjenika. maksimalna dozvoljena<br />

izočnost uzastopno je na 4 sastanka“.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 277-278 277


I. mamuzIć: mINuTES of ThE mEETINg of ThE EdITorIal Board of JourNal Metalurgija<br />

a. Based on the past results of the Jornal Metalurgija, longterm<br />

successful voluntary work of the Editor-in-chief,<br />

Prof. I. mamuzić, on the proposal of Prof. I. alfirevića<br />

was unanimously taken the following<br />

278<br />

DECESION<br />

for the Editor-in-chief is elected Prof. I. mamuzić in<br />

the period 2006-2010.<br />

The decesion comes to force immediately.<br />

B. after of the discussion, the Editorial Board of the Journal<br />

Metalurgija unanimously accepted the amendments<br />

fot the atricles 5. and 10.<br />

Re. 2. The members of the Editorial Board appraised past<br />

activity of the Journal:<br />

- being included in tertiary and secondary publications<br />

and databases,<br />

- regularity in publishing (each issue is printed several<br />

months before dead-line),<br />

- journal equipments, consistency of pictures, etc.<br />

- Editorial Board member form Croatia reported some<br />

mistakes in translations (English - Croatian and the<br />

other way round). however, we will try to minimise<br />

these-kind mistakes in future work,<br />

Journal Metalurgija covers technical as well as other<br />

areas, consequently such a broad range of different texts<br />

is difficult to revise, i.e. translate (English - german -<br />

Croatian languages).<br />

Re. 3. The next meeting of the International Editorial<br />

Board (in accordance with the article 10. of the rule<br />

Book) is proposed to be held during the 8 th Symposium<br />

of Croatian metallurgical Society (21 - 25 June 2008).<br />

The meting ended at 9 Pm.<br />

The members of<br />

Editorial Board on the<br />

meeting 11 June 2006,<br />

from the left, stend: d.<br />

Živković (deputy for r.<br />

deželić), m. holtzer, I.<br />

mamuzić, l. mihok, V.<br />

roubiček, S. dobatkin;<br />

sit: I. Vitez (deputy for<br />

I. Budić), I. alfirević,<br />

d. hübgen (deputy for<br />

r. Kawalla), f. Vodopivec<br />

a) Na temelju dosadašnjih rezultata časopisa Metalurgija,<br />

dugogodišnjeg uspješnog dragovoljačkog rada<br />

glavnog i odgovornog urednika Prof. I. mamuzića, na<br />

prijedlog Prof. I. alfirevića jednoglasno je donesena,<br />

sukladno članku 2. Pravilnika,<br />

ODLUKA<br />

za glavnog i odgovornog urednika izabire se Prof. I.<br />

mamuzić u razdoblju 2006. - 2010. godine.<br />

odluka stupa na snagu odmah.<br />

B) Nakon provedene rasprave jednoglasno su prihvaćene<br />

izmjene - dopune u točkama 5. i 10., koje će biti<br />

ugrađene u Pravilnik o radu časopisa Metalurgija.<br />

Ad. 2. Članovi uredničkog odbora pohvalno su se izrazili<br />

o dosadašnjoj djelatnosti časopisa:<br />

- uključenost u tercijarne i sekundarne publikacije i<br />

baze podataka;<br />

- redovitost tiskanja (svaki broj se tiska nekoliko mjeseci<br />

pred termin važenja);<br />

- opremljenost časopisa, ujednačenost izrade svih slika,<br />

itd.<br />

- hrvatski članovi uredništva su naveli manje greške u<br />

prijevodima (engleski - hrvatski i obrnuto), što će se<br />

nastojati poboljšati.<br />

Časopis Metalurgija pokriva tehnička i ostala područja<br />

pa je tako različite tekstove teško lektorirati, odnosno<br />

prevoditi (engleski, njemačji, hrvatski jezik).<br />

Ad. 3. Idući sastanak međunarodnog uredničkog odbora<br />

(sukladno članku 10. Pravilnika) predložen je tijekom<br />

8. simpozija hrvatskog metalurškog društva (21. -<br />

25.06.2008. godine).<br />

Sastanak je završio u 21 00 .<br />

Članovi uredničkog<br />

odbora na sastanku<br />

11.06.2006., slijeva,<br />

stoje: d. Živković (zamjena<br />

za r. deželić),<br />

m. holtzer, I. mamuzić,<br />

l. mihok, V. roubiček,<br />

S. dobatkin; sjede: I.<br />

Vitez (zamjena za I.<br />

Budić), I. alfirević, d.<br />

d. hübgen (zamjena za<br />

r. Kawalla), f. Vodopivec<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 277-278


Editorial EdIToRIAL Board BoARd of the of Journal ThE JoURnAL MetalurgijaMetalurgija:<br />

RULE Urednički Book odbor of ThE časopisa JoURnAL Metalurgija Metalurgija<br />

RulE Book of thE<br />

JouRnal Metalurgija<br />

amendments to the Rule Book of the<br />

Journal Metalurgija<br />

Based on the Rule Book of Croatian Metallurgical Society,<br />

Article 21., Paragraph 2., 3., Editorial Board of the Journal Metalurgija<br />

on its session held on 19 June 2006 has adopted<br />

RulE Book<br />

on the Journal Metalurgija<br />

1. Starting point for this “Rule Book” is the Rule Book on the<br />

Journal Metalurgija that was adopted by Publishing Council of<br />

the journal Metalurgija on 7 May 1991. Little modifications<br />

were necessary because the Act on Publishing Activities in<br />

the Republic of Croatia anticipated no publishing councils<br />

for single Journals. Consequently, the Publishing Council of<br />

Journal Metalurgija suspended its activities in 1993 (List of<br />

members of the Publishing Council was no longer published<br />

in Metalurgija (1993) 3). The competences and obligations<br />

of Publishing Council are transferred to Editorial Board or<br />

Publisher (i.e. co-publisher) or founder of the Journal.<br />

2. The term of office of the Editor-in-chief is four years. Editorin-chief<br />

can be re-elected by Editorial Board. The number of<br />

terms is not limited.<br />

3. Editor-in-chief is authorized to choose, appoint and discharge<br />

the members of Editorial Board, deputy Editor-in-chief,<br />

Technical Editors, Linguistic Advisers (Croatian, English and<br />

German language) and other assistants.<br />

4. Editor-in-chief, with the purpose to raise the level of the<br />

Journal Metalurgija to the worldwide level, select as well<br />

the members of Editorial Board in Croatia as abroad. The<br />

International Editorial Board may count 15 members at most<br />

(including Editor-in-chief).<br />

5. The members of the Editorial Board need to be well-known<br />

scientists with their works published in recognized world<br />

periodicals, by their vocation at least senior research fellow<br />

(full professor) with at least one re-election and must be able to<br />

speak two world languages (one of them must be English).<br />

6. The members of Editorial Board cover special scientific<br />

(professional) fields in metallurgy as follows:<br />

- physical metallurgy and materials,<br />

- processing metallurgy (non-ferrous and ferrous metallurgy),<br />

- mechanical metallurgy (manufacturing, energy supply, ecology<br />

etc.),<br />

- related (adjoing) professions:<br />

mechanical engineering, chemistry, physics etc.<br />

7. The members of Editorial Board are not representatives of<br />

legal persons of their firms but they are physical persons as<br />

prominent scientists from inland and foreign countries.<br />

8. In the International Editorial Board - for the reason of reducing<br />

editorial costs - each member of Editorial Board will in his<br />

scientific (professional) field independently give suggestions<br />

for a reviewer (or personally make such reviews but not more<br />

than 5 per year).<br />

Pravilnik časoPisa Metalurgija<br />

izmjene i dopune Pravilnika časopisa Metalurgija<br />

na temelju Statuta hrvatskog metalurškog društva (hMd)<br />

članak 21., Stavak 2., 3., Urednički odbor časopisa Metalurgija<br />

na sjednici održanoj dana 19.06.2006. godine potvrđuje<br />

PRaVIlnIk<br />

Časopisa Metalurgija<br />

1. Izvorište za ovaj “Pravilnik” je Pravilnik časopisa Metalurgija<br />

donešen na Izdavačkom savjetu časopisa Metalurgija dana<br />

07.05.1991. godine. Manje izmjene su bile potrebite jer Zakon<br />

o izdavačkoj djelatnosti Republike Hrvatske nije više predmnijevao<br />

Izdavačke savjete pojedinih časopisa, to je i Izdavački<br />

Savjet časopisa Metalurgija prestao djelovati u 1993. godini<br />

(Lista Izdavačkog Savjeta nije više objavljena u Metalurgiji<br />

(1993.) 3.). Ovlasti i zaduženja Izdavačkog Savjeta se prenose<br />

ili na Urednički odbor, ili izdavača (odnosno suizdavača) ili<br />

osnivača časopisa.<br />

2. Zvanični mandat glavnog i odgovornog urednika je četiri<br />

godine. Glavni i odgovorni urednik može biti iznovice biran<br />

po Uredničkom odboru. Broj mandata nije ograničen.<br />

3. Glavni i odgovorni urednik je ovlašten za izbor, imenovanje i<br />

razrješavanje članova Uredničkog odbora, zamjenika glavnog<br />

i odgovornog urednika, tehničkih urednika, lektora (hrvatski,<br />

engleski i njemački jezik) i ostalih pomoćnika.<br />

4. Glavni i odgovorni urednik u svrhu podizanja časopisa Metalurgija<br />

na svjetsku razinu, odabire i članove Uredničkog<br />

odbora iz inozemstva i tuzemstva. Međunarodni Urednički<br />

odbor može imati najviše 15 članova (računajući i glavnog<br />

- odgovornog urednika).<br />

5. Članovi Uredničkog odbora trebaju biti priznati znanstvenici s<br />

objavljenim radovima u prestižnim časopisima u svijetu, najmanje<br />

u zvanju znanstvenog savjetnika (redovitoga profesora)<br />

barem s jednim reizborom uz poznavanje dva svjetska jezika<br />

(jedan obvezatan engleski).<br />

6. Članovi Uredničkog odbora pokrivaju određena znanstvena<br />

(stručna) područja iz metalurgije i to:<br />

- fizičke metalurgije i materijala,<br />

- procesne metalurgije (obojena i crna metalurgija),<br />

- mehaničke metalurgije (preradba, energetika, ekologija itd.),<br />

- srodne (dodirne) struke: strojarstvo, kemija, fizika, itd.<br />

7. Članovi Uredničkog odbora nisu zastupnici pravnih osoba gdje<br />

su zaposlenici nego su fizičke osobe, kao istaknuti znanstvenici<br />

iz tuzemstva i inozemstva.<br />

8. Uspostavom međunarodnog Uredničkog odbora, a zbog smanjenja<br />

troškova uređivanja, svaki član Uredničkog odbora će<br />

sa svog znanstvenog (stručnog) područja davati samostalno<br />

prijedlog recenzenta (ili osobno napraviti recenziju, ali ne više<br />

od pet u godini).<br />

9. Ovlašćuje se uži dio Uredničkog odbora (glavni i odgovorni<br />

urednik, te tehnički suradnici) zaprimiti članke, te ih proslijediti<br />

članovima Uredničkog odbora za izbor recenzenta (iz<br />

članka 8.). Sa sastanka užeg dijela Uredničkog odbora vodi se<br />

zapisnik, a sastanci se održavaju najmanje 4 puta godišnje.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 279-280 279


EdIToRIAL BoARd of ThE JoURnAL Metalurgija: RULE Book of ThE JoURnAL Metalurgija<br />

9. The narrow part of the Editorial Board (Editor-in-chief and<br />

Technical Editors) is empowered to overtake the articles and<br />

deliver them to the members of Editorial Board to choose<br />

reviewer (according to the Article 8). At the session of the<br />

narrow part of the Editorial Board a minutes is taken down<br />

and the sessions are held 4 times a year at least.<br />

10. Each member of the International Editorial Board must receive<br />

every issue of the Journal Metalurgija so that he may send his<br />

written remarks if wished and necessary. In this way, in view<br />

to reducing financial costs, the session of the International<br />

Editorial Board may be held at least once in two years. In<br />

case of their absence, the members of the Editorial Board can<br />

sand their approvals or disapprovals of particular items on the<br />

agenda or else designate a proxy. A member may not be absent<br />

from more than 4 meeting in succession. on these sessions<br />

minutes are taken. At the same time, the members of Editorial<br />

Board in inland and in foreigin countries are completely<br />

equalized in their rights and obligations.<br />

11. The term of office of all the members of Editorial Board,<br />

Technical Editors and others is not limited. It depends only<br />

upon the results and assistance in the publishing of the journal<br />

Metalurgija, which is appraised by the Editor-in-chief (s.<br />

Article no. 3. of this Rule Book). Every appointed member<br />

may submit his resignation if he wishes. The Editor-in-chief is<br />

recomended to invite such a member to talks and explanation<br />

(if the members in resignation responds to the written invitation<br />

of the Editor-in-chief).<br />

12. The circle of foreign authors must be expanded. In order to<br />

increase the level of the Journal to the worldwide level, the<br />

papers from abroad are desirable to be written predominantly<br />

in English.<br />

13. Publishers (i. e. co-publishers or founders) provide the necessary<br />

financial assets for the publishing of the journal Metalurgija.<br />

The Editor-in-chief is charged with financial operations<br />

of the Journal Metalurgija. Specially, he provides - if possible<br />

- additional financial assets (he submits written requirements<br />

to many competitions, look for donors, organizes various<br />

conferences). By his own choice he appoints a phototypesetter,<br />

printing etc.<br />

14. Membership in Editorial Board is voluntery. The authors are<br />

not paid equally. The assets have to be provided for other<br />

staff members (Editor-in-chief, Technical Editors, Linguistic<br />

advisers and other ancillary staff). The value of these works<br />

and tasks is determined on the level of previous Rule Book<br />

for the related Journal “Strojarstvo” which, being within<br />

everybody’s reach, is not written herewith (eg. the salary<br />

of the Editor-in-chief is leveled with the salary of assistant<br />

professor, the salary of Technical Editor is 30 % level of the<br />

salary of assistant professor and so on).<br />

15. finances of the Journal Metalurgija are managed on the bank<br />

account of the publisher or founder with a separate sub-account.<br />

The cosignatory of financial documentation for the<br />

Journal Metalurgija must be the Editor-in-chief. The Editorin-chief<br />

is entitled to choose the drawing account on which<br />

the finances of the Journal Metalurgija (publisher or founder)<br />

are conducted.<br />

16. The Rule Book may be modificated in the same way as it was<br />

adopted. This Rule Book comes into force immediately.<br />

280<br />

10. Svaki član međunarodnog Uredničkog odbora obvezatno dobija<br />

svaki tiskani broj časopisa Metalurgija, te po želji i potrebi<br />

dostavlja možebitno svoje primjedbe i to u pismenom obliku.<br />

Na ovaj način, a u nakani smanjenja financijskih troškova,<br />

sastanci međunarodnog Uredničkog odbora mogu se održavati<br />

najmanje jedanput u dvije godine. U slučaju izočnosi, članovi<br />

Uredničkog odbora mogu pismeno dostaviti svoje pozitivne ili<br />

negativne odluke na točke Dnevnog reda ili odrediti zamjenika.<br />

Maksimalna dozvoljena izočnosto je uzastopno na 4 sastanka.<br />

Sa sastanka se vodi zapisnik. Istodobno su po pravima i obvezama<br />

u cjelosti izjednačeni članovi Uredničkog odbora iz<br />

inozemstva i tuzemstva.<br />

11. Mandat svih članova Uredničkog odbora, tehničkih urednika<br />

i ostalih nije ograničen, a ovisno o rezultatima i pomoći u<br />

izdavanju časopisa Metalurgija, što procjenjuje glavni i<br />

odgovorni urednik (vidjeti članak 3. ovog Pravilnika). Svi<br />

imenovani članovi mogu po želji i dati ostavke na svoje<br />

članstvo. Preporuča se glavnom i odgovornom uredniku<br />

pozvati tog člana na dogovor i pojašnjenja (ukoliko se član<br />

u ostavci odazove pismenom pozivu glavnog i odgovornog<br />

urednika).<br />

12. obvezatno je proširiti krug autora iz inozemstva. Zbog<br />

podizanja razine časopisa u svijetu poželjno je članke iz<br />

inozemstva pisati pretežito na engleskom jeziku.<br />

13. Izdavači (odnosno suizdavači ili osnivači) osiguravaju potrebita<br />

financijska sredstva za cjelovito izdavanje časopisa Metalurgija.<br />

Glavni i odgovorni urednik je zadužen za financijsko<br />

poslovanje časopisa Metalurgija. Posebice po mogućnosti<br />

osigurava dodatna novčana sredstva (dostavlja pismene<br />

zahtjeve na razne Natječaje, traži donatore, orgnizira različite<br />

konferencije). Odabire po vlastitom izboru izvođača fotosloga,<br />

tisak itd.<br />

14. Članstvo u Uredničkom odboru je dragovoljačko. Autori se<br />

jednako ne plaćaju. Sredstva treba osigurati za ostale djelatnike<br />

(glavnog i odgovornog urednika, tehničke urednike, lektore i<br />

ostale pomoćne poslove). Vrijednost ovih poslova i zadataka<br />

se utvrđuje na razini već ranije donešenog Pravilnika za srodni<br />

časopis “Strojarstvo”, a koji je dostupan javnosti i ovdje se ne<br />

prepisuje (na pr. plaća glavnog odgovornog urednika na razini<br />

plaće sveučilišnog docenta, tehničkog urednika na razini 30<br />

% plaće docenta itd).<br />

15. Financijsko poslovanje časopisa Metalurgija vodi se na žiro<br />

računu izdavača ili osnivača i to na posebnom podračunu.<br />

Supotpisnik financijske dokumentacije za časopis Metalurgija<br />

je obvezatno glavni i odgovorni urednik. Glavni i odgovorni<br />

urednik ima pravo izbora žiro računa gdje će se voditi financijsko<br />

poslovanje časopisa Metalurgija (ili kod izdavača ili<br />

osnivača).<br />

16. Pravilnik se može mijenjati jednakim postupkom kako je i<br />

donešen. ovaj pravilnik stupa na snagu odmah.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 279-280


M. M. BizjAk, BIzJAk L. et kosec, al.: ThE B. ChARACTERIzATIon kosec, i. AnžeL of PhAsE TRAnsfoRMATIons In RAPIdLy soLIdIfIEd Issn 0543-5846 ...<br />

METABk 45 (4) 281-286 (2006)<br />

UdC - Udk 669.15:621.317.4:536.6=111<br />

The CharaCTerizaTion of Phase<br />

TransformaTions in raPidly solidified al-fe and Cu-fe alloys<br />

Through measuremenTs of The eleCTriCal resisTanCe and dsC<br />

M. Bizjak, L. kosec, B. kosec, faculty of natural sciences and Engineering<br />

University of Ljubljana, slovenia, i. Anžel, Faculty of Mechanical<br />

Engineering University of Maribor, slovenia<br />

Received - Primljeno: 2005-10-21<br />

Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-02-20<br />

Original Scientific Paper - Izvorni znanstveni rad<br />

For the characterization of the phase transformations in the alloys during the heat treatment the various methods<br />

of the thermal analyses are available. Thermogravimetry, differential thermal analysis (DTA) and the differential<br />

scanning calorimetry (DSC) are the most frequently used methods. The phase transformations proceed in two<br />

stages, i.e. nucleation and the growth of the new phase. Both processes are closely linked with the movement of<br />

the atoms. Rapidly solidified alloys often contain the elements with the low diffusivity. During the transition from<br />

the unstable to the stable state the energy changes are small, therefore the characterization of the changes by<br />

DTA, DSC is very difficult and could not be measured. During the heat treatment the phase transformations of<br />

the rapidly solidified alloys of Al-Fe and Cu-Fe were successfully detected by the simultaneous measurements of<br />

the electrical resistance, and were compared by the DSC method. By determination of the temperature regions<br />

of the phase transitions or temperatures, where the dynamics of the changes is maximal, the samples were<br />

heat treated and analysed by the scanning and transmission electron microscopy respectively.<br />

Key words: rapidly solidified Al-Fe and Cu-Fe alloys, transformations, electrical resistance, differential scanning<br />

calorimetry<br />

Karakterizacija faznih transformacija brzo skrutnutih Al-Fe i Cu-Fe slitina pomoću mjerenja električne<br />

otpornosti i diferencijalno skenirajuće kalorimetrije. Za karakterizaciju faznih transformacija slitina tijekom<br />

toplinske obrade koriste se različite metode toplinske analize (DTA). Najčešće korištene metode su termogravimetrija,<br />

diferencijalno toplinska analiza i diferencijalna skenirajuća kalorimetrija (DSK). Fazne se transformacije<br />

odvijaju u dva stadija, tj. nukleacija i rast nove faze. Oba su procesa usko povezana s gibanjem atoma.<br />

Brzo skrutnute slitine često sadrže elemente niske difuznosti. Tijekom prijelaza iz nestabilnog u stabilno stanje<br />

energetske su promjene male i zato je karakterizacija promjena pomoću DTA i DSK veoma teška i ne mjerljiva.<br />

Za vrijeme toplinske obrade mikrostrukturne transformacije brzo skrutnutih Al-Fe i Cu-Fe slitina uspješno su<br />

detektirane istodobnim mjerenjem električnog otpora. Određivanjem temperaturnih područja faznih prijelaza ili<br />

temperatura, gdje su dinamičke promjene maksimalne, uzorci su toplinski obrađeni i analizirani pomoću skener<br />

i transmisijske elektronske mikroskopije.<br />

Ključne riječi: brzo skrutnute Al-Fe i Cu-Fe slitine, transformacije, električna otpornost, diferencijalna skenirajuća<br />

kalorimetrija<br />

inTroduCTion<br />

Many methods exist for the analysis and for the characterization<br />

of the phase transformations of the rapidly<br />

solidified alloys, which are also described in the literature<br />

[1 - 3]. frequently used methods are the scanning electron<br />

microscopy (sEM), transmission electron microscopy<br />

(TEM), and the diffraction of the X - rays (XRd). All the<br />

results should be in mutual agreement. for determination<br />

of the phase transformations of the samples during the heat<br />

treatment the different methods of the thermal analysis are<br />

available, by which the physical properties of the substances<br />

and the reaction products are examined as the function of<br />

the temperature. Among those the thermography (TM), dTA<br />

and dsC are the most frequently used methods. At the most<br />

analytical procedures the phase transformations at the constant<br />

temperature are examined, and less frequently after the<br />

given involved program. The results of the measurements of<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 281-286 281


M. BIzJAk et al.: ThE ChARACTERIzATIon of PhAsE TRAnsfoRMATIons In RAPIdLy soLIdIfIEd ...<br />

the heat excited processes are the heating and cooling curves<br />

as the function of the temperature. The kinetics parameters<br />

established by the measurements are detailed in the book<br />

of Chena and kirsha [4].<br />

The phase transformations are possible only, if the free<br />

energy change of the system is lowered. While the possible<br />

phase transformations are established by thermodynamics,<br />

their progress to form the microstructure depends by<br />

the kinetics. The phase transformations proceed in two<br />

stages, i.e. nucleation and the growth of the new phase.<br />

Both processes are closely linked with the movement of<br />

the atoms. The parallel development of the powder metallurgy<br />

and the procedures of the rapidly solidification enable<br />

the manufacture of the new alloys [5]. Rapidly solidified<br />

alloys often contain the elements, which have the small<br />

diffusivity, so that the changes of the reaction energies for<br />

the transition from unstable into the stable state are low.<br />

These phenomena intensify difficulties to investigate the<br />

alloys by dsC and dTA.<br />

eXPerimenTal WorK<br />

Making of the rapidly solidified ribbons<br />

Alloys of Al-fe (4,7 mas. % fe) and Cu-fe (4,4 mas.<br />

% Fe) were remelted in the vacuum induction furnace, and<br />

then cast into the metal mould of the diameter of 45 mm.<br />

Thus made alloys were inserted into the graphite crucible.<br />

The component parts of the graphite crucible are shown<br />

in Figure 1.a. The rapidly solidified ribbons were made in<br />

the pilot plant shown in Figure 1.b [6, 7].<br />

Both alloys were inductively remelted in argon at the<br />

pressure of 350 mbar. Under the argon overpressure in the<br />

graphite crucible the molten alloy was sprayed through the<br />

nozzle on the rotating disc of the copper alloy. The heel was<br />

formed at the contact of the melt with the roll as the origin of<br />

282<br />

the formation of the continuously rapidly solidified ribbons.<br />

The chemical compositions and the dimensions of ribbons<br />

are presented in Table 1.<br />

differential scanning calorimetry<br />

Microstructural transformations of the rapidly solidified<br />

alloys were examined by Dsc at the constant heating rate<br />

of 5 °C/min. The differences of the thermoelectric voltages<br />

between the investigated and the reference samples were<br />

measured. The results of measurements were presented<br />

on the heating curve, which introduce the dependence<br />

between the consumed and the liberated energy regarding<br />

to the temperature. The tests were performed on the<br />

sTA 449 device of the netsch firm, which enable precise<br />

investigation of the physical and chemical processes. The<br />

results of the Dsc were compared with the results obtained<br />

by measurements of the electrical resistance of ribbons of<br />

the rapidly solidified alloy.<br />

measurement of<br />

the electrical resistance<br />

for the simultaneous measurement<br />

of the electrical resistance<br />

the four-probe d.C.<br />

method was used [8 - 10]. it was<br />

applied on ribbons of 200 to 250<br />

mm length, which was coiled up<br />

on the 50 mm long ceramic tube.<br />

Reliability and repeatability of<br />

measurements were assured by<br />

the special girder construction<br />

for the samples with the tungsten<br />

and platinum lines (figure 2.).<br />

during the heat treatment of the<br />

samples the electrical resistance<br />

was measured in the tube furnace<br />

and the temperature by the thermocouple of Pt - Pt 10 %<br />

Rh, which was attached to the sample respectively. The<br />

temperature heating program of the furnace was controlled<br />

by the eurotherm control system. The thermocouple with the<br />

reverse loop and thyristor were regulating that system.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 281-286


M. BIzJAk et al.: ThE ChARACTERIzATIon of PhAsE TRAnsfoRMATIons In RAPIdLy soLIdIfIEd ...<br />

The voltage drop on the sample, which was heated by<br />

the constant rate, was measured at the constant electric<br />

current by the amplifier with the closed loop (Figure 3.).<br />

The computer collected the temperature data through<br />

the rectifier and the voltage drops through the GPiB<br />

intermediate every 5 seconds. The electrical resistance<br />

was simultaneously calculated at known electric current<br />

through the sample and measured voltage drop. After the<br />

completed measurement of the electrical resistance at the<br />

heating rate of 5 °c the samples were quenched to preserve<br />

the microstructure. By establishing the temperature regions<br />

of the phase transformations the samples were suitable heat<br />

treated and analysed by sEM and TEM.<br />

resulTs and disCussion<br />

microstructure of<br />

rapidly solidified Al-Fe 4,7 mas. % alloy<br />

Rapidly solidified ribbons of the aluminium alloys with<br />

various iron content have different microstructure through<br />

the thickness. Two zones named zone A and B after H. jones<br />

are characteristic for the microstructure [11, 12]. zone A<br />

with the nano-cell is in contact to the disc, and the zone B<br />

is extending to the upper free surface (figure 4.a).<br />

Primary α Al phase of the observed region is forming<br />

the interior of the cells, and the excess iron quantity is<br />

precipitating on their walls. in zone B the precipitates of<br />

the high-temperature phase are seen, which are located in<br />

the middle of the oblong cells (figure 4.b and 4.c).<br />

microstructure of<br />

rapidly solidified Cu-Fe 4,4 mas. % alloy<br />

In the lateral section the microstructure of rapidly<br />

solidified ribbons of cu-Fe alloy is constituted of more<br />

zones (figure 5.a). At the contact disc surface the zone of<br />

fine globular grains appeared, which proceed to the zone<br />

of columnar - crystal in the middle of the ribbon. The<br />

zone of the coarse globular grains is in the upper part of<br />

the ribbon and is enriched with the iron. in Figure 5.b the<br />

zone of fine globular grains is shown.<br />

As is seen in figure 5.b, the microstructure is homogeneous<br />

and the precipitated particles are not observed on the<br />

grain boundary or within the grains respectively. By TeM<br />

investigation the zone with columnar crystals was observed<br />

in the middle of the ribbon. The spot on the crystal boundary<br />

with the numerous dislocations and fine precipitates of the<br />

size of some nanometres is shown in Figure 5.c.<br />

Phase transformations and<br />

the results of the thermal analysis<br />

Phase transformations of the rapidly solidified ribbons<br />

of Al-fe in Cu-fe alloys in dependence of the temperature<br />

with the heating rate of 5 °c were followed by Dsc and<br />

measurements of the electrical resistance. in Figure 6. two<br />

Dsc thermograms without endothermic and exothermic<br />

peaks are seen. Therefore there is no sign of the precipitation<br />

from the supersaturated solid solution or the transitions<br />

of the intermetallic compounds from the unstable<br />

into the stable state respectively.<br />

The electrical resistance changes depending on the<br />

temperature are shown in Figure 7. Due to the phase<br />

transformations the temperature dependence of the elec-<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 281-286 283


M. BIzJAk et al.: ThE ChARACTERIzATIon of PhAsE TRAnsfoRMATIons In RAPIdLy soLIdIfIEd ...<br />

trical resistance is changing too. Linear parts of the curve<br />

represent the resistance change regarding to the increasing<br />

temperature. At fixed temperature the deviations of the linearity<br />

are observed. With higher temperature the electrical<br />

resistance is temporarily decreasing and then it is increasing<br />

again. The deviations of the linearity are well visible.<br />

The temperatures, at which those deviations of linearity<br />

were appeared, are more visible on the curves of the<br />

first differential of the electrical resistance with respect<br />

to the temperature (Figure 7.a). on these curves two<br />

temperature intervals of changes are seen. The first one<br />

is between 315 and 480 °c with the minimum of 428 °C,<br />

284<br />

and the second one is between 515 and 570 °C. In figure<br />

7.b the result of the simultaneous measurement of the<br />

electrical resistance of the rapidly solidified cu-Fe alloy<br />

is presented. The electrical resistance change is lower<br />

before the iron precipitation from the supersaturated<br />

solid solution of copper than after that. Therefore the<br />

temperature coefficient of the electrical resistance is lower<br />

for the supersaturated solid solution of copper than for<br />

the precipitated iron. from the temperature depending<br />

diagram of the electrical resistance both temperatures of<br />

the interval changes were directly read and are between<br />

318 °C and 660 °C.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 281-286


M. BIzJAk et al.: ThE ChARACTERIzATIon of PhAsE TRAnsfoRMATIons In RAPIdLy soLIdIfIEd ...<br />

Phase transformations of the Al-fe alloy, that correspond<br />

to the first temperature interval of the electrical<br />

resistance changes, are the decompositions of the cell microstructure<br />

linked with the transformation of the unstable<br />

intermetallic phases formed during the rapid solidification<br />

into the stable ones and the iron precipitation from the<br />

supersaturated solid solution of α Al . After the decompo-<br />

sition of the cell microstructure the globular, oblong and<br />

acicular particles are present in the matrix (figure 8.a).<br />

The changes formed after the second temperature interval<br />

are linked with the transformation of the needles into the<br />

oblong or globular particles and of the metastable phases<br />

into the stable ones respectively (figure 8.b). The most<br />

significant reaction of the first interval of the electrical<br />

resistance changes is the iron precipitation from the supersaturated<br />

solid solution. But the transition of the unstable<br />

into the final stable state is indicated by both temperature<br />

intervals of changes. The results of the analysis of the<br />

phase transformations are shown in Table 2.<br />

The characteristic of the phase transformations of<br />

rapidly solidified cu-Fe alloy is the decomposition of the<br />

α Cu solid solution. The microstructure of the ribbon which<br />

was in contact with the cooling disc after the heating over<br />

the temperature interval of the phase transformations is<br />

presented in Figure 9.a. That difference is shown before<br />

and after the heat treatment.<br />

during the heating over the temperature interval of the<br />

phase transformations the iron-enriched particles start to<br />

precipitate. it was established by TeM (Figure 9.b), where<br />

essentially greater magnifications are possible as by seM,<br />

that within the matrix the large number of the precipitated<br />

particles of the size of 5 to 20 nm are mainly presented.<br />

Particles of the size of 50 to 100 nm are observed also on<br />

the grain boundaries (figure 9.a).<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 281-286 285


M. BIzJAk et al.: ThE ChARACTERIzATIon of PhAsE TRAnsfoRMATIons In RAPIdLy soLIdIfIEd ...<br />

ConClusions<br />

Phase transformations in the ribbons of rapidly solidified<br />

alloys of Al-Fe and cu-Fe during the heating were<br />

286<br />

successfully investigated by measurements of the electrical<br />

resistance.<br />

it was established that the electrical resistance is effective<br />

sensitive method for sensing of the phase transformations<br />

by elements of the low diffusivity in the alloys, where<br />

the changes on Dsc were not perceived.<br />

The most significant reactions during the heating of the<br />

ribbons over the first interval change is the iron precipitation<br />

from the supersaturated solid solution of α and α Al Cu<br />

. The transformation process of unstable phases into the<br />

stable ones was simultaneously taking place beside the iron<br />

precipitation. At transition over the changes of the second<br />

interval the transformation of the metastable phases of<br />

aluminium with iron into the stable phase of Al fe and<br />

13 4<br />

acicular structure into the globular one were taking place<br />

respectively.<br />

referenCes<br />

[1] C. d. Lien, M. A. nicolet, Journal Vacuum science Technology B<br />

2 (1984), 783.<br />

[2] k. n. Tu, G. ottaviani, U. Goesele, h. foel, Journal of Applied<br />

Physics 54 (1983) 4, 758.<br />

[3] X. W. Wendlandt:Thermal analysis, 3 rd , j. Wiley&sons, new York,<br />

1986.<br />

[4] X. R. Chen, y. kirsh: Analysis of Thermally stimulated Processes,<br />

Pergamon Press, oxford, (1981).<br />

[5] i. Mamuzić, Metalurgija 43 (2004) 1, 3 - 12.<br />

[6] B. kosec, Euroteh 3 (2004) 5, 32 - 33.<br />

[7] G. Lojen, i. Anžel, A. c. kneissl, A. križman, e. Unterweger, B.<br />

kosec, M. Bizjak, Journal of Materials Processing Technology 162<br />

- 163 (2005), 220 - 229.<br />

[8] M. ohring: The Materials science of Thin films, Academic Press,<br />

san diego, (1992).<br />

[9] L. B. Valdes, Proceedings of the IRE 42, (1954).<br />

[10] G. Riontino, C. Antonione, L. Battezzati, A. zanada, Material<br />

science Engineering A 123 (1991), 1166 - 1169.<br />

[11] h. Jones, Materials science and Engineering 5 (1969/70) 1, 1 - 18.<br />

[12] M. H. jacobs, A. G. Doggett, M. j. stowell, journal of Materials<br />

science 9 (1974), 1631 - 1643.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 281-286


S. S. BockUS BockUS: A STUdy of ThE MIcRoSTRUcTURE And MEchAnIcAL pRopERTIES of ... ISSn 0543-5846<br />

METABk 45 (4) 287-290 (2006)<br />

Udc - Udk 621.74.047=111<br />

A study of the microstructure And<br />

mechAnicAl properties of continuously cAst iron products<br />

S. Bockus, kaunas University of Technology, kaunas, Lithuania<br />

Received - primljeno: 2005-07-10<br />

Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-02-15<br />

Original Scientific Paper - Izvorni znanstveni rad<br />

The horizontal continuous casting has a lot of advantages in comparison with traditional casting methods.<br />

But it has a few disadvantages and unsolved problems. The objective of this research was the experimental<br />

investigation of the effect of chemical composition of cast iron and the casting conditions on the microstructure<br />

and properties of continuously cast ingots. As a result, tensile strength, Brinell hardness, and pearlite content<br />

increased with increasing Cr, Cu, and Sb additions and decreasing carbon equivalent. As for microstructure of<br />

graphite, higher silicon to carbon ratio and lower solidification rate decreased a zone of interdendritic graphite.<br />

Nomograph of continuously cast iron structure was made.<br />

Key words: continuous casting, cast iron, mechanical properties, microstructure<br />

Studij mikrostrukture i mehaničkih svojstava kontinuirano lijevanih željeznih proizvoda. Horizontalno<br />

kontinuirano lijevanje ima brojne prednosti u usporedbi s tradicionalnim načinima lijevanja. Ali ono ima i nekoliko<br />

nedostataka i neriješenih problema. Cilj ovog istraživanja je bio ekspereminentalno utvrđivanje ujecaja<br />

kemijskog sastava lijevanog željeza i uvjeta lijevanja na mikrostrukturu i svojstva kontinuirano lijevanih ingota.<br />

Kao rezultat istraživanja utvrđeno je da vlačna čvrstoća, tvrdoća (HB) i sadržaj perlita rastu s porastom dodatka<br />

Cr, Cu i Sb, te smanjenjem ekvivalenta ugljika. S obzirom na mikrostrukturu grafita, viši odnos silicija i ugljika,<br />

te niža brzina skrućivanja smanjuju zonu interdendritnog grafita. Izrađenje i strukturni nomogram kontinuirano<br />

lijevanog željeza.<br />

Ključne riječi: kontinuirano lijevanje, lijevano željezo, mehanička svojstva, mikrostruktura<br />

introduction<br />

The rapid progress of technology requires improve the<br />

mechanical and operational properties of the main casting<br />

alloy - cast iron. In this respect continuous casting iron is in<br />

exceptional position by its properties [1]. continuous casting<br />

has its peculiarities, which, first of all predetermine grey<br />

cast iron microstructure and properties [2]. It is well known<br />

that the quality and properties of cast products are strongly<br />

related to the microstructure developed during solidification.<br />

This especially can be seen in the cross-sections of the cast<br />

iron ingots, where anomalous, intermediate and normal<br />

structural zones can be obtained. This is the result of specific<br />

ingot cooling and solidification conditions [3, 4]. Therefore,<br />

it is important to investigate the effect of the cooling rate<br />

on the microstructure of metal in order to regulate properties<br />

of ingots. Investigations of the continuously cast iron<br />

microstructure are important, because, by change of casting<br />

parameters it is possible to obtain necessary ingots properties<br />

in these parts of cross-section, where damaging effect of<br />

operational factors is most strong. It is well known that the<br />

quality and properties of cast products are strongly related<br />

to the chemical composition of cast iron too. however,<br />

only limited information is available in the literature about<br />

the effect of chemical composition on continuously cast<br />

iron ingots properties. consequently, the aim of the present<br />

paper was to investigate the effects of the solidification rate<br />

and various chemical elements on the microstructure and<br />

mechanical properties of continuously cast products.<br />

experimentAl procedures<br />

cast iron was melted in the standard line frequency<br />

induction furnace of capacity the 10 t. The iron charge contained<br />

steel scrap, cast iron returns, ferrosilicon (feSi75),<br />

ferromanganese (feMn75), ferrochrome (fecr65), pure<br />

copper and antimony. The average chemical composition<br />

of cast irons aimed at 3,4 - 3,6 % c, 2,0 - 2,1 % Si, 0,4<br />

- 0,5 % Mn, 0,15 - 0,6 % cr, 0,03 - 0,04 % S and 0,08 -<br />

0,09 % p. The industrial continuous casting machine was<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 287-290 287


S. BockUS: A STUdy of ThE MIcRoSTRUcTURE And MEchAnIcAL pRopERTIES of ...<br />

used. The capacity of the not heated metal receiver of<br />

the machine was 2 tons. The cylindrical and rectangular<br />

specimens were cast by continuous casting.<br />

Effect of chemical composition on continuous casting<br />

ingots initial microstructure was investigated on various<br />

composition cast iron (eutectic Se = 0,8 - 1,0, ratio of<br />

silicon to carbon Si/c = 0,5 - 0,9).<br />

A microstructural analysis was made by optical microscopy.<br />

The graphite flake type, form, and size were defined<br />

by procedure described in the European Standard “cast<br />

iron - designation of microstructure of graphite” (En ISo<br />

945-1994). The procedure of quantitative metalography was<br />

carried out in accordance with Russian Standard “Iron castings<br />

with different form of graphite. Evaluation of structure“<br />

(GoST 3443-87). The microstructures observed were identified<br />

from the corresponding reference diagrams included<br />

in this standard. The tensile test was been determined on<br />

the machined test pieces prepared from samples cut from<br />

the continuously cast ingots in accordance with En 1561.<br />

The test piece diameter was 16 mm. The hardness was been<br />

determined as Brinell hardness from the samples cut from<br />

a casting, according to standard En 10003-1.<br />

results And discussion<br />

Investigation of the microstructure of the continuously<br />

cast 100 × 50 mm cross-section ingots showed that there<br />

was point graphite in surface of the ingots edges. It was<br />

situated in between dendrites. At about 10 mm distance<br />

from the surface the point graphite became substantially<br />

bigger but it was located among dendrites yet. Additionally,<br />

dendrites arms were substantially bigger than they<br />

were in the ingots surface. In 20 mm thickness layer from<br />

the surface almost all graphite was flaky. In the more<br />

deeply located layers the flakes fattened.<br />

There was only 6 percent of a pearlite in the ingots surface<br />

layer. Such little amount of pearlite results from cooling<br />

rate. high cooling rate raises the number of nucleation sites<br />

and reduces the coagulative and coalescentive processes.<br />

As a result, it reduces the carbon diffusion path during the<br />

eutectoid transformation and increases the amount of ferrite<br />

in the structure. on the other hand, there is not time enough<br />

for the growing of the nucleuses to take place, and finally<br />

there are many point graphite in the cast iron structure.<br />

The effect of these two factors on continuously cast<br />

ingots was investigated on various composition cast iron<br />

(eutectic Se = 0,8 - 1,0; ratio of silicon to carbon Si/c =<br />

0,5 - 0,9). Results of the tests are generalized in the structural<br />

nomograph shown in the figure 1. The difference of<br />

presented nomograph from analogical nomographs is that<br />

zone with interdendritic graphite is included and the critical<br />

values of solidification rates are fixed; when approaching<br />

to these values, graphite formation way becomes different.<br />

Investigation of the effect of ratio Si/c on cast iron micro-<br />

288<br />

structure showed that, when Si/c = 0,5 - 0,6 one form of the<br />

graphite transforms to another in the narrow solidification<br />

rate interval. In the cast irons with ratio Si/c = 0,7 - 0,9 interdendritic<br />

graphite forms up at higher solidification rates.<br />

Thus, for continuous casting the cast iron with higher silicon<br />

to carbon ratio should be used for two reasons: to decrease<br />

occurrence of hard spots in a cast iron and to decrease<br />

zone of interdendritic graphite. Besides, grey cast iron with<br />

higher silicon to carbon ratio and lower degree of eutectic<br />

is stronger and resistant to cracking.<br />

The effect of carbon equivalent (cE) on the tensile<br />

strength in the 50 × 50 mm cross-section billet is given<br />

in figure 2. As this figure shows, the tensile strength<br />

decrease significantly with an increase in CE, as a result<br />

of increase in ferrite content.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 287-290


S. BockUS: A STUdy of ThE MIcRoSTRUcTURE And MEchAnIcAL pRopERTIES of ...<br />

Well known pearlitization improving elements such<br />

like chrome, tin, manganese, and copper not only help to<br />

form up pearlitic structure, but also make it fine. Figure 3.<br />

shows the influence of manganese on the pearlite content<br />

in the continuously cast billet.<br />

Inoculation with manganese increases the hardness of<br />

billets, too. The hardness increases up to 180 - 207 hB in<br />

the central section of a casting (figure 4.). The increase<br />

of hardness is explained by a sudden decrease of ferrite<br />

content in the structure. When Mn > 1,0 percent, the in-<br />

crease of hardness relates to pearlite, becoming more and<br />

more fine, and to the increase of tied carbon content. This<br />

is proved by the decrease of graphite content in the entire<br />

cross-section. White structure, appearing due to greater<br />

manganese content in castings, is avoided successfully<br />

by a graphitizing inoculation.<br />

Investigating the effect of inoculation with chromium<br />

on the microstructure in the central section of 50 × 50 mm<br />

cross-section billet, it was found that inoculation with chromium<br />

decreases ferrite content a little. When chromium content<br />

in a metal increases from 0,15 to 0,25 percent, pearlite<br />

content in the central section of a billet increases from 87<br />

to 96 percent, and in some specimens even to 100 percent.<br />

pearlite content in the surface layer of billets increased almost<br />

twice - from 22 to 40 percent (figure 5.). chromium<br />

had no effect on the size of graphite insertions.<br />

After addition of copper to cast iron, the size of graphite<br />

inclusions increases, pearlite dispersion increases, and<br />

ferrite content in all zones of a casting decreases. cast iron<br />

with 0,7 % cu has 10 percent of ferrite in the surface layer,<br />

and not more than 3 percent in the central section. When the<br />

concentration of copper in cast iron is greater than 1 percent,<br />

ferrite disappears in the central section completely, and it<br />

does not exceed 3 percent in the surface layer. The hardness<br />

increases quickly (about 30 units) when cu content is<br />

about 1 percent. Tensile strength changes correspondingly.<br />

The increase of the values of mechanical properties can be<br />

explained by the increase of pearlite content, as well by the<br />

appearing surplus phase, rich in cu.<br />

The effect of chromium content on the mechanical<br />

properties of continuously cast billets is given in figures<br />

6. and 7.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 287-290 289


S. BockUS: A STUdy of ThE MIcRoSTRUcTURE And MEchAnIcAL pRopERTIES of ...<br />

Antimony helps to form pearlite in cast iron [5]. It is not<br />

expensive, and it is well absorbed by cast iron. Antimony<br />

stops the growth of graphite and austenite crystals, that’s<br />

why crystallizing phases become more dispersed, and<br />

properties of a solidified casting become more even in the<br />

cross-section of the casting. Inoculation with antimony increases<br />

the hardness from 160 - 170 to 180 - 190 hB in the<br />

surface layer of a casting, and from 175 - 185 to 210 - 230<br />

hB in the central section. When antimony content grows in<br />

cast iron, the hardness of a casting increases, more pearlite<br />

appear in cast iron but tensile strength increases only to a<br />

certain limit, which depends on chemical composition of<br />

cast iron and which equals approximately to 0,1 percent,<br />

and then it starts to decrease. When inoculation is made<br />

only with antimony, graphitization of cast iron decreases<br />

a little, therefore, it is better to apply a combined inoculation,<br />

i.e. antimony with a graphitizing one.<br />

290<br />

conclusions<br />

on the basis of presented experimental results and their<br />

discussion, the following conclusions can be drawn:<br />

1. The zone of interdendritic graphite can be decreased<br />

with increasing silicon to carbon ratio and decreasing<br />

solidification rate.<br />

2. Tensile strength and Brinell hardness of continuously<br />

cast ingots increased with increasing Mn, cr, cu, and Sb<br />

additions and decreasing carbon equivalent. however,<br />

Sb increased tensile strength only to a certain limit,<br />

which equals approximately to 0,1 percent, and then<br />

Sb started to decrease it.<br />

3. The microstructural analyses showed that Mn, cr, cu,<br />

and Sb additions increased pearlite content. All these<br />

elements had stronger effect in the surface layers than<br />

in central sections. Antimony helped to unify the microstructure<br />

in the cross-section of the castings. on the<br />

other hand, pearlite content in the structure decreased<br />

with increasing carbon equivalent.<br />

references<br />

[1] L. haenny, G.Zambelli, Engineering fracture Mechanics 19 (1988)<br />

1, 113 - 121.<br />

[2] c. cicutti, R. Boeri, Scripta Materialia 45 (2001), 1455 - 1460.<br />

[3] S. k. das, Bull. Mater. Sci. 24 (2001) 4, 373 - 378.<br />

[4] A. M. Bodiako, E. I. Marukovich, E. B. Ten, choi kiyoung, proceedings,<br />

65th World foundry congress. Gyeongju, korea, 2002,<br />

p. 157 - 166.<br />

[5] S. V. kartoškin, Ju. p. kremnev, L. Ja. kozlov, proceedings, 5th<br />

congress of the Russian founders. Radunica publishers, Moscow,<br />

2001, p. 242-244.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 287-290


K. K. JELŠOVSKÁ, JELŠOVSKÁ B. et PANDULA al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS ISSN 0543-5846 FOR ...<br />

METABK 45 (4) 291-297 (2006)<br />

UDC - UDK 537.6:548.562:620.179.14=111<br />

NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE<br />

SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR PROTON<br />

PAIRS IN POWDERED PARAMAGNETIC SUBSTANCES MnSO 4 ·H 2 O AND NiSO 4 ·H 2 O<br />

K. Jelšovská, Faculty of Electrical Engineering and Informatics Technical<br />

University of Košice, Košice, Slovakia, B. Pandula, BERG Faculty<br />

Technical University of Košice, Košice, Slovakia<br />

Received - Primljeno: 2005-01-25<br />

Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-03-25<br />

Preliminary Note - Prethodno priopćenje<br />

The NMR spectrum is determined by interaction of resonating nuclei between the particles of the substance.<br />

These interactions depend on the spatial arrangement of the particles and their motion. Parameters characterizing<br />

interactions between the paramagnetic ions Me 2+ (Me = Mn and Ni) and the protons of crystalline water<br />

in powdered MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O and NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O were derived from the temperature dependences on the second<br />

moment of the NMR spectra. The parameters characterizing the local magnetic field acting on the proton pairs<br />

were calculated and compared with those obtaind from the analysis of the shape of the NMR spectrum.<br />

Key words: nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), magnetic substances, hydrates<br />

Funkcija spektra magnetne rezonancije jezgre i momenata za parove u praškastim paramagnetnim<br />

tvarima MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O i NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O. MRJ spektar je određen interakcijom rezonantnih jezgri između čestica<br />

materije. Te interakcije ovise o prostornom rasporedu čestica i njihovog kretanja. Parametri koji karakteriziraju<br />

interakcije između paramagnetnih iona Me 2+ (Me = Mn i Ni) i protona kristalne vode u praškastim MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O<br />

i NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O su izvedene iz ovisnosti tempreture o drugom momentu MRJ spektra. Parametri koji obilježavaju<br />

lokalno magnetno polje koje djeluje na parove protona su izračunati i uspoređeni s onima koji su dobiveni iz<br />

analize oblika MRJ spektra.<br />

Ključne riječi: magnetna rezonancija jezgre (MRJ), magnetne tvari, hidrati<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

The influence of paramagnetic ions on the shape and<br />

the second moment of the proton NMR line and some<br />

problems associated with the NMR study line shape and<br />

with the local magnetic field calculations in paramagnetic<br />

substances were studied in papers [1 - 6].<br />

In this paper we analyse the dependences of the NMR<br />

second moment M 2 on temperature. Beside the second moment<br />

M 20 which corresponds to the nuclear dipole-dipole<br />

interactions, the Curie-Weiss constant θ and the magnetic<br />

moment µ i of paramagnetic ions may be determined from<br />

the temperature dependences. The two parameters θ and<br />

M 20 may be determined directly from experimental data.<br />

However, some knowledge on crystralline structures<br />

for studied substances required for calculation of the<br />

magnetic moment µ i . The parameters characterizing the<br />

local magnetic field acting on the resonating nuclei may<br />

be calculated on the basis of the structural data. We have<br />

calculated these parameters according to a simplified<br />

structural model in which only two paramagnetic ions Me 2+<br />

(Me = Mn, Ni) are allowed to interact with the proton pair<br />

of crystalline water. The spectral function was calculated<br />

for MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O and NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O and the parameters<br />

characterizing the local magnetic field were evaluated<br />

from experimental spectrum.<br />

THEORETICAL PART<br />

In examining the NMR phenomenon the 1 H - 1 H nuclei<br />

are in a magnetic field with induction [1 - 4, 9]:<br />

( i) ( n)<br />

r d d<br />

B = B + B + B<br />

where:<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297 291<br />

(1)<br />

B r - the induction of the external magnetic field, B r =<br />

2π·f r /γ, f r = 14,1 MHz or 30,0 Mz (in this case) is<br />

the resonance frequency, and γ is the gyromagnetic<br />

constant of the 1 H nuclei;


K. JELŠOVSKÁ et al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR ...<br />

( i)<br />

d<br />

B - the induction of the magnetic field formed by the<br />

paramagnetic ions Me2+ (Me = Mn, Ni), including<br />

demagnetising effects which operate in these substances;<br />

( n)<br />

B d - the induction of the magnetic field in the area of a<br />

single nuclei formed by another nucleus of the quasiisolated<br />

pair H-H.<br />

The inductions B d and B d can be expressed according<br />

to papers [1, 3] in the form:<br />

292<br />

( i)<br />

( n)<br />

( )<br />

( ) (<br />

2<br />

i µ 0 ⋅µ<br />

i Br<br />

2 2<br />

Bd = A1 cos ϑ + A2<br />

sin ϑcos2 ϕ<br />

4π ⋅3k T −θ<br />

and<br />

B<br />

( n) 0 p<br />

d<br />

3<br />

2 4π<br />

rp<br />

where:<br />

+ B sin ϑsin 2ϕ + B sin 2ϑsin ϕ<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1 2<br />

+ B3 sin 2ϑ cosϕ<br />

+ C<br />

2 ⎟⎠<br />

(2)<br />

3 µ µ<br />

= ± −<br />

2 ( 3cos ϑ 1 ) ,<br />

⎞<br />

⎟<br />

(3)<br />

µ 0 - the permeability of vacuum,<br />

µ i - the magnetic moment of paramagnetic ions,<br />

k - Boltzmann’s constant,<br />

T - the temperature,<br />

θ - Curie-Weiss constant,<br />

µ p - the proton’s magnetic moment,<br />

r p - the proton - proton distance in the crystalline water.<br />

The angles ϕ and ϑ characterize the orientation of<br />

external magnetic field r B in the reference frame used.<br />

The parameters A , A , B , B , B and C depend on the<br />

1 2 1 2 3<br />

configuration of paramagnetic ions and resonating nuclei<br />

and are expressed as [1, 3]:<br />

A = 3∑ r P cos β ,<br />

1<br />

−3<br />

l 2 l<br />

l<br />

1<br />

A = ∑ r P cos β cos2 α ,<br />

−3<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2 l<br />

l 2 l l<br />

1<br />

B = ∑ r P cos β sin 2 α ,<br />

−3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2 l<br />

l 2 l l<br />

1<br />

B = ∑ r P cos β sin α ,<br />

−3<br />

l<br />

2<br />

2 l<br />

l 2 l l<br />

1<br />

B = ∑ r P cos β cos α ,<br />

−3<br />

l<br />

3<br />

2 l<br />

l 2 l l<br />

1<br />

C = − A1,<br />

3<br />

(4)<br />

where:<br />

rl <br />

- the vector joining the reference nucleus with the l<br />

- th paramagnetic ion,<br />

<br />

α , β - the angles characterizing the orientation of r l l l and<br />

m<br />

P are Legendre polynomials.<br />

2<br />

According to equations (2) and (3) the local magne-<br />

( i) ( n)<br />

tic field Bloc = Bd + Bd<br />

may be thought as a quadratic<br />

form relative to the components of the unit vector<br />

<br />

er ( sin ϑcos ϕ,sin ϑsin ϕ,cos ϑ)<br />

parallel to Br. This quadratic<br />

form may be diagonalized and the roots of the secular<br />

equation determine the invariant parameters of the local<br />

magnetic field (denoted as B x ,<br />

+ B y ,<br />

+ B z ,<br />

+ Bx ,<br />

− By ,<br />

− z<br />

B− ), through<br />

which the spatial function may be expressed [1].<br />

According to [1, 3] the second moment of NMR spectrum<br />

may be expressed in the form:<br />

M<br />

2<br />

ABr<br />

=<br />

( T − θ)<br />

2 2 ,<br />

where<br />

2 4<br />

0 ⎟ i<br />

⎟ 2<br />

(5)<br />

⎛ µ ⎞ µ 4 2 2 2 2 2<br />

A = ⎜<br />

⎡A1 3 ( A2 B1 B2 B3<br />

) ⎤<br />

⎜ ⋅ ⋅ + + + + .<br />

⎜⎝ 4π ⎟⎠<br />

9k 45 ⎢⎣ ⎥⎦<br />

(6)<br />

The equation (5) expresses the temperature and the<br />

field dependence of the second moment in paramagnetic.<br />

For isolated proton pairs the second moment M 20 may be<br />

expressed in the form [1, 4]:<br />

M<br />

0 p<br />

20 3<br />

5 4πrp<br />

2<br />

9 ⎛µ µ ⎞<br />

⎟<br />

=<br />

⎜ ⎟<br />

⎜ ⎟ .<br />

⎜⎝ ⎠ ⎟<br />

(7)<br />

For the spectral function f 0 (x) of the isolated pairs of<br />

the nuclei, we used the following form [1, 3, 7]:<br />

+ −<br />

F0 ( x) = f0 ( x) + f0 ( x) , x = B− Br<br />

(8)<br />

for (ε) = + or –<br />

ε ε<br />

⎧⎪ 0,<br />

Bz < x <<br />

Bx<br />

⎪ K( k)<br />

( ε) ( ε)<br />

⎪<br />

, Bx < x < By<br />

,<br />

⎪ ( ε) ( ε) ( ε)<br />

⎪ ( B ) ( )<br />

( )<br />

z − x By − B<br />

ε<br />

x<br />

f0 ( x)<br />

= ⎪<br />

⎨ (9)<br />

⎪ ⎛1 ⎞<br />

⎪ K ⎜ ⎟<br />

⎪ ⎜ ⎟<br />

⎪ ⎜⎝ k ⎟<br />

( ε) ( ε<br />

⎪<br />

⎠<br />

)<br />

⎪<br />

, By < x < Bz<br />

,<br />

⎪ ( ε) ( ε) ( ε)<br />

⎪ ( x− Bx ) ( Bz − By<br />

)<br />

⎪⎩<br />

where:<br />

( ) ( ) ,<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297


K. JELŠOVSKÁ et al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR ...<br />

k =<br />

and<br />

( ε) ( ε) ( ε)<br />

( x− Bx ) ( Bz − By<br />

)<br />

( ε) ( ε) ( ε)<br />

( Bz − x) ( By − Bx<br />

)<br />

K( k)<br />

=<br />

∫<br />

dα<br />

.<br />

2<br />

1−k sin α<br />

(10)<br />

In the above equations B x ,<br />

+ B y ,<br />

+ B z ,<br />

+ Bx ,<br />

− By ,<br />

− z<br />

B− are<br />

the components of the local field fulfilling the relationship<br />

[1 - 6]:<br />

∑<br />

k<br />

( ) 2<br />

k k<br />

ε<br />

B e = 0.<br />

The magnetic interaction between different pairs of the<br />

nuclei was taken into account by means of convolution of<br />

the spectral function for isolated pairs with the normalized<br />

Gaussian function. Taking into account the fact that the<br />

experimental NMR spectra was recorded in the form of<br />

derivation of the absorption spectra, the modelling function<br />

of the spectrum for crystalline water was selected in the<br />

derivation form [1 - 6]:<br />

F′ ( x) = F0 ( x) S′ ∫ ( ξ − x) d ξ,<br />

x ∈ .<br />

(11)<br />

S′ ( ξ − x)<br />

is the derivation form of the Gaussian function:<br />

( ) 2<br />

ξ−x<br />

−<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2βG<br />

S( ξ − x)<br />

= ⋅e<br />

.<br />

2πβ<br />

G<br />

(12)<br />

The spectral function F′ ( x)<br />

may be calculated numerically<br />

[7]. The moments M of the spectral function<br />

n<br />

F′ ( x)<br />

by equation (11) may be expressed analytically in<br />

the form [3]:<br />

( 0) ( 0) 2<br />

( 0)<br />

1 = 1 2 = 2 + βG<br />

3 = 3<br />

M M , M M , M M ,<br />

( 0) ( 0) 2 4<br />

4 = 4 + 2 G + G<br />

M M 6M β 3 β .<br />

where:<br />

( 0)<br />

n<br />

M - the corresponding moments for isolated pairs,<br />

- the parameter of the Gaussian function.<br />

β G<br />

EXPERIMENTAL PART<br />

(13)<br />

Broad - line NMR measurements were performed on<br />

powdered samples of MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O and NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O press-<br />

ed to a cylindrical form in diameter 8 mm and about 20 mm<br />

in height. The temperature dependences were measured at<br />

two frequencies: f r = 14,1 MHz (0,331 T) and f 30,0<br />

1<br />

r =<br />

2<br />

MHz (0,705 T) in the temperature range from 123 K to 313<br />

K. Measurements at frequency 30,0 MHz were done at the<br />

Institute of Physics, A. Mickiewicz University in Poznan.<br />

The experimental conditions and the method of calculation<br />

of moments of the NMR spectra were the same as those<br />

described in our previous papers [1 - 6].<br />

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION<br />

The proton NMR spectra of substances MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O<br />

and NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O have an asymmetric form caused by the<br />

anisotropy of he local magnetic field acting on resonating<br />

nuclei. The central part of the spectra is somewhat distorted<br />

by a narrow signal which corresponds to the free water<br />

present in the sample as moisture. The spectra measured at<br />

room temperature and at different frequencies are similar to<br />

each other, but they differ in their widths. The higher is the<br />

frequency, the greater is the width of the spectrum.<br />

The temperature dependences of the second moment<br />

M 2 are shown in Figure 1. Besides the individual<br />

dependences M (T) measured at f 2 r or f<br />

1 r is convenient<br />

2<br />

to analyse the temperature depenence of the difference<br />

∆ M = M B − M B The dependence of ∆M on<br />

2<br />

( r ) ( r )<br />

2 2 2 2 .<br />

1<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297 293


K. JELŠOVSKÁ et al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR ...<br />

T may be linearized and the parameters A and θ can be<br />

easily determined. According to equation (5) the following<br />

relation holds:<br />

[ ∆ M ] 2 =<br />

294<br />

1<br />

− T −<br />

2<br />

θ<br />

2 2 ( r − r )<br />

A B B<br />

2 1<br />

.<br />

(14)<br />

The dependence of [ ] 1<br />

M 2<br />

2<br />

−<br />

∆ on temperature is also<br />

shown in Figure 1.<br />

As expected, this dependence is linear and the straight<br />

line drawn through the experimental points is expressed<br />

by equation (14) with the following values of Curie-Weiss<br />

parameters θ and A for NiSO ·1H O: θ = –13 K and A =<br />

4 2<br />

2,026×10 –2K2 . For MnSO ·1H O parameters determined<br />

4 2<br />

by the least squares are: parameter θ = –9,9 K and A =<br />

10,54×10 –2K2 . As the parameters θ and A are known, the<br />

second moment M may be evaluated by means of equation<br />

20<br />

(5). It was done by extraction of the term ( ) 2<br />

2<br />

A⋅ Br T − θ from<br />

the experimental values of M at each measured temperature.<br />

2<br />

By means of this procedure we have obtained the value<br />

of M = (19,50 ± 0,95)×10 20 –8T2 for NiSO ·1H O and for<br />

4 2<br />

MnSO ·1H O is M = (21,30 ± 1,2)×10 4 2 20 –8T 2 .<br />

A negative value of the temperature parameter θ shows<br />

that NiSO ·1H O and MnSO ·1H O should be antiferro-<br />

4 2 4 2<br />

magnetic at the temperatures T < θ [9]. Measurements<br />

of the temperature dependences of the molar magnetic<br />

susceptibility in the temperature range from 5 K up to 300<br />

K (Charles University Prague, Dept. of Metal Physics)<br />

confirmed this conclusion.<br />

By means of NMR measurements<br />

(according to equation<br />

(6)) it is possible to determine<br />

the magnitude of the<br />

magnetic moment µ of para-<br />

i<br />

magnetic ions in a given substance,<br />

however, the structural<br />

parameters A and B have to<br />

i i<br />

be known. We have calculated<br />

them in the approximation<br />

in which the nearest enviroment<br />

of the crystalline water<br />

molecule is formed by two<br />

Me2+ (Me = Mn, Ni) ions. This<br />

configuration is shovn in Figure 2. and Figure 3.<br />

The individual hydrates from MeSO ·1H O group were<br />

4 2<br />

studied by X-ray method [7, 8]. All the hydrates of this group<br />

are isomorphous with the monoclinic unit cell. According<br />

to [7, 8] the Me2+ ions have octahedral surrounding formed<br />

by two atoms O and by four atoms of O which belong<br />

w S<br />

− 2<br />

to the different ionic complexes SO 4 . Each molecule of<br />

crystal water has tetrahedral surrounding formed by two<br />

Me 2+ ions and by two oxygen atoms O . Separation of the<br />

S<br />

individual particles and bond angles taken from papers [7,<br />

8] are: r Ow Ni = 0,206 nm, r OwMn = 0,225 nm, r OwH = 0,1 nm;<br />

ξ is the angle between Me – O – Me = 123° and η is the<br />

w<br />

angle H – O – H = 109,5° for our hydrates.<br />

1 w 2<br />

The local coordinate system O was chosen in such a<br />

xyz<br />

way that the origin O lies in the centre of joining the atoms<br />

H and H , the x axis runs through the point where the<br />

1 2<br />

oxygen atom O is placed and it lies in the plabe formed<br />

w<br />

by O , Me and Me ions. The structural parameters A , B w 1 2 i i<br />

and C were calculated from relation (4) using the structural<br />

data stated above. The final form of these parameters for<br />

MnSO ·1H O, are:<br />

4 2<br />

A 1 = – 2,17624·r –3 , A 2 = – 0,48730·r –3 ,<br />

B 1 = B 2 = 0, B 3 = – 1,10865·r –3<br />

and, for NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O, are:<br />

A 1 = – 2.05780·r –3 , A 2 = – 0,9601·r –3 ,<br />

B 1 = B 2 = 0, B 3 = – 1,19930·r –3 , (15)<br />

where r is the distance between the Me-ions and H-atoms<br />

(expressed in the units of 10 –10 m). All distances Me 1 – H 1,<br />

Me 1 – H 2 , Me 2 – H 1 and Me 2 – H 2 are the same, r = 0,265<br />

nm for Me = Mn and r = 0,253 nm for Me = Ni.<br />

The structural parameters given by relation (15) are<br />

expressed for hydrogen nucleus H 1 . The respective parameters<br />

for hydrogen nucleus H 2 are the same as those<br />

for H 1 but they differ from each other in the sign of the<br />

parameter B , i.e. B (H1 ) = –B (H2 ). However, the quantity<br />

3 3<br />

3<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297


K. JELŠOVSKÁ et al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR ...<br />

( )<br />

2 2 2 2 2<br />

A1 + 3 A2 + B1 + B2 + B3<br />

standing in equation (6) has the<br />

same value for both protons H and H . Using the experi-<br />

1 2<br />

mental value for parameter A in equation (6) we have found<br />

that the magnetic moment µ of paramagnetic ion Mn i 2+ in<br />

MnSO ·1H O is 5,74 µ and Ni 4 2 B 2+ in NiSO ·1H O is 3,49 µ ,<br />

4 2 B<br />

where µ = 0,9273×10 B –23 J·K –1 is the Bohr’s magneton.<br />

Measurements of magnetic molar susceptibily for our<br />

hydrates in the temperature range 5 ≈ 300 K have shown<br />

that the NMR method gives valuable information about<br />

the magnetic properties of paramagnetic subsancies. From<br />

measurements of susceptibility we have found: magnetic<br />

moment µ of paramagnetic ion Mn i 2+ in MnSO ·1H O is<br />

4 2<br />

5,72 µ and in NiSO ·1H O is 3,31 µ , Curie-Weiss param-<br />

B 4 2 B<br />

eter θ: for MnSO ·1H O is θ = –21 K and for NiSO ·1H O<br />

4 2 4 2<br />

is θ = –18,5 K.<br />

According to equations (1-3) it is now possible to calculate<br />

the magnitude B of the local magnetic field acting<br />

loc<br />

on proton pair. B means in our case the component of the<br />

loc<br />

local magnetic field parallel to the external magnetic field<br />

B . By means of equation (2, 4) and (15) the magnitude of<br />

r<br />

B may be expressed as a quadratic form:<br />

loc<br />

( ) ( )<br />

( ) 2<br />

( ε)<br />

2 2<br />

loc = ′ 2 + ′ ε x + ′ ′ ε − 2 x<br />

B A C e C A e<br />

where:<br />

+ A′ + C′ e + 2B′<br />

e e<br />

1ε ε x 3 x z<br />

2 2<br />

µ 0 µ i Br µ 0 µ i Br<br />

A′ 1ε = A1 + ε3 δn,<br />

A′ 2 =<br />

A2<br />

,<br />

4π k( T −θ) 4π<br />

k( T −θ)<br />

2 2<br />

0 0<br />

3 3<br />

( ) ( )<br />

,<br />

µ µ i Br µ µ i Br<br />

B′ = B C′ ε = C −εδ<br />

4π k T −θ 4π<br />

k T −θ<br />

and<br />

3 µ µ 0 δn<br />

= .<br />

2 4π<br />

r<br />

p<br />

3<br />

p<br />

( n)<br />

,<br />

n<br />

(16)<br />

(17)<br />

The symbol ε stands for the two signs (±) in B d which<br />

results from the quantum mechanical solution [1, 3, 4].<br />

From the data stated above it is now possible to construct<br />

the theoretical maps of the local field B (ϑ, ϕ), for<br />

loc<br />

given temperature T and the magnitude of the external<br />

magnetic field B . Another way for determining the local<br />

r<br />

field is based on the analysis of the NMR line shape. The<br />

spectral function for isolated proton pairs in paramagnetics<br />

was derived in the works [3, 5]. To obtain this function<br />

the quadratic form (15) has to be transformed into the<br />

canonical form:<br />

( ) ( ) ( )<br />

( ) 2<br />

( )<br />

ε ε 2 ε ε 2<br />

loc = ′ x x + ′ ′<br />

y y + z z<br />

( ) ( )<br />

B B e B e B e<br />

,<br />

(18)<br />

where e′ x, e′ y, e′<br />

z are the components of the unit vector e′ ,<br />

<br />

characterizing the direction of the vector r B in the new coor-<br />

( ε) ( ε) ( ε )<br />

dinate system, and the principal components Bx , By , Bz<br />

are the roots of the secular equation:<br />

C′ + A′ −λ<br />

0<br />

B′<br />

2 3<br />

0 C′ − A′<br />

− λ 0 = 0.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297 295<br />

ε<br />

ε<br />

2<br />

B′ 0 C′ + A′<br />

−λ<br />

3 ε 1ε<br />

(19)<br />

The spectral function F (x) = f (x) + f (x) where x<br />

0 + –<br />

= B – B , is completely determined by the sets of val-<br />

r<br />

( ε) ( ε) ( ε )<br />

ues Bx , By , Bz<br />

[3, 5]. Using the structural data on<br />

MeSO ·1H O stated previously, the equation (19) gives the<br />

4 2<br />

following values for B ε for NiSO ·1H O:<br />

4 2<br />

( ) ,<br />

i<br />

+ + +<br />

B = − 7,62, B = 2,94, B = 4,68,<br />

x y z<br />

− − −<br />

B = 6,70, B = − 5,57, B = 12,27,<br />

x y z<br />

and, for MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O:<br />

+ + +<br />

B = − 5,94, B = 0,25, B = 5,69,<br />

x y z<br />

− − −<br />

B = − 9,36, B = − 6,52, B = 15,92,<br />

x y z<br />

(20)<br />

(21)<br />

calculated for T = 293 K and B = 0,331·T. All values of<br />

r<br />

B ε are expressed in the units of 10 –4 T.<br />

( )<br />

i<br />

The spectral function F (x) calculated for these values<br />

0<br />

for NiSO ·1H O together with the experimental spectrum<br />

4 2<br />

recorded in the derivate form are shown in Figure 4.<br />

As we can see, the theoretical spectrum reflects quite<br />

( )<br />

well the features of the experimental one. The points Bie ε<br />

in the experimental spectrum (in Figure 4.) correspond to<br />

( )<br />

the respective values Bi ε of the calculated spectral function.<br />

( )<br />

The position of the points Bie ε on the x axis relative to the<br />

origin O are as follows:<br />

+ + +<br />

B = − 8,4, B = 4,0, B = 5,8,<br />

xe ye ze<br />

− − −<br />

B = − 6,0, B = − 4,0, B = 11,4.<br />

xe ye ze<br />

( )<br />

They are different from the corresponding Bi ε stated<br />

above in (19). It can be shown that the sum of principal<br />

components of local field is always zero, i.e.:<br />

∑<br />

k,<br />

ε<br />

( )<br />

k<br />

B 0,<br />

ε<br />

=<br />

(22)<br />

if the components are related to the resonance field of<br />

the free protons, for which x = B – B r = 0. The origin O′<br />

on the x - axis for the theoretical spectrum was chosen in<br />

such a way.


K. JELŠOVSKÁ et al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR ...<br />

The origin O on the x axis for the experimental spectrum<br />

may be chosen quite arbitrary if we have no possibility to<br />

measure external magnetic field during the experiment.<br />

Hence, the abscissa values x both spectra may be shifted<br />

relatively to each other as it is also in our case. To make these<br />

two axes equivalent, the centre of gravity for experimental<br />

spectra 0 ∗ has to be found.<br />

The position of the new origin 0 ∗ relative to the old<br />

one 0 is defined as:<br />

1 ( )<br />

x0 Bk .<br />

6 k<br />

ε<br />

∗<br />

= ∑ ε<br />

(23)<br />

296<br />

The quantity of x0 ∗ is identical with the first moment<br />

M of the experimental spectrum related to the origin 0. In<br />

1<br />

aur case x0 ∗ ( )<br />

calculated from the quantities Bie ε stated above<br />

0,467×10 –4 T and the new redefined quantities (<br />

denoted again as B ε are:<br />

( )<br />

i<br />

+ + +<br />

B = − 8,86, B = 3,53, B = 5,33,<br />

x y z<br />

− − −<br />

B = − 6,47, B = − 4,47, B = 10,94.<br />

x y z<br />

All values of<br />

( )<br />

Bie ε – 0<br />

( )<br />

Bi ε are expressed in the units of 10 –4 T.<br />

x ∗ )<br />

(24)<br />

( )<br />

We may consider the set of values Bi ε in (23) as the<br />

experimental values of the principal components of local<br />

magnetic field as they are derived from the experimnental<br />

spectrum. The relative differences between the corresponding<br />

theoretical and experimental values of B ε are in the<br />

( )<br />

i<br />

range from 3 % (for x<br />

B− ) up to 24 % (for y<br />

B− ). The differ-<br />

ences between the theoretical and experimental values of<br />

( )<br />

Bi ε are not so significant as they seem to be at first sight<br />

if we take into account the used approximation.<br />

In the [6] it was shown that the proportion of the free<br />

bonded water in monohydrate MnSO ·1H O was approxi-<br />

4 2<br />

mately 9 % (as regards the number of H O molecules). This<br />

2<br />

is less than in the NiSO ·1H O. Monohydrate MnSO ·1H O<br />

4 2 4 2<br />

is not so sensitive than NiSO ·1H O on the free water, that<br />

4 2<br />

was recorded on the experimental NMR spectra. After the<br />

analysis of the components of the local magnetic field from<br />

experimental spectra, when x0 ∗ = 0,221×10 –4T,<br />

we have obtained<br />

these values of the components of the local fields:<br />

+ + +<br />

B = − 5,71, B = 0,23, B = 5,70,<br />

x y z<br />

− − −<br />

B = − 9,51, B = − 6,42, B = 15,69,<br />

x y z<br />

all in the units 10 –4 T. The relative differences between the<br />

corresponding theoretical and experimental values of B ε<br />

( )<br />

i<br />

are in the range from 1,1 % (for z<br />

B− ) up to 15 % (for y<br />

B+ ).<br />

In our study we are calculated the components of the<br />

local magnetic field also from the measurements of the<br />

molar magnetic susceptibility. Using the structural data on<br />

NiSO ·1H O stated previously, the equations (16 - 19) gives<br />

4 2<br />

the following values for B ε at temperature T = 293 K:<br />

( )<br />

i<br />

+ + +<br />

B = − 7,85, B = 3,2, B = 4,65,<br />

x y z<br />

− − −<br />

B = − 6,40, B = − 5,44, B = 11,88,<br />

x y z<br />

and, for MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O:<br />

+ + +<br />

B = − 6,02, B = 0,46, B = 5,55,<br />

x y z<br />

− − −<br />

B = − 9,36, B = − 6,51, B = 15,87.<br />

x y z<br />

All values of<br />

( )<br />

Bi ε are expressed in the units of 10 –4 T.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297


K. JELŠOVSKÁ et al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR ...<br />

The final modelling spectrum (by the equations (11,12))<br />

of the monohydrate NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O with the parameters obtained<br />

from NMR measurements and from measurements of<br />

the molar magnetic susceptibility is shown at the Figure 5.<br />

The parameter β in the equation (11) was done by extrac-<br />

G<br />

( 0)<br />

tion of the term M = M and M =<br />

2exp 2 2teor 2 . M In our case:<br />

β = 1,6×10 G –4 ·T.<br />

The comparison of the experimental spectra with the<br />

modelling spectra showed the shift of the central part of<br />

experimental NMR spectra distorted by a narrow signal<br />

corresponds to the free water present in the sample as<br />

moisture.<br />

Figure 6. shows the experimental and modelling theoretical<br />

NMR spectrum for the substance MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O<br />

which is obtained by optimalisation [6].<br />

The best-fit parameter in equation (12) is β G =<br />

1,81×10 –4 ·T.<br />

CONCLUSION<br />

The analysis of the field and temperature dependence on<br />

the NMR second moment for proton of crystalline water in<br />

paramagnetic MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O and NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O give results<br />

which are in a good agreement with the theory. Several<br />

physically important parameters characterizing the studied<br />

paramagnetic substances may be derived from NMR spectra.<br />

Quasi isolated pairs of resonating nuclei should prove<br />

to be sensitive probes for detection of the local magnetic<br />

fields acting on them.<br />

The NMR calculated spectral function, although in the<br />

scope of approximative model of the structure and interactions,<br />

can serve as a key for identification of the local<br />

field components in the experimental NMR spectra. More<br />

accurate determination of the parameters of the spectrum<br />

thus enables a more correct physical interpretation of the<br />

processes in the substance.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

[1] J. Murín, Czech. J. Phys. B 36 (1986), 740 - 750.<br />

[2] J. Murín, Czech. J. Phys. B 36 (1986), 551 - 554.<br />

[3] K. Jelšovská, J. Murín, Czech. J. Phys. B 39 (1989), 1161 - 1170.<br />

[4] K. Jelšovská, J. Murín, B. Pandula: Data and Results Management<br />

in Seismology and Engineering Geophysics, Regional conference<br />

with international participation, Ostrava 1 (2000), 31 - 35.<br />

[5] K. Jelšovská, E. Boldižárová, Acta Montanistica Slovaca Košice<br />

3 (2000) 7, 301 - 305.<br />

[6] V. Hronský, J. Murín, K. Jelšovská, Transactions of TU Košice 5<br />

(1995) 2, 145 - 149.<br />

[7] Y. Le Fuf, J. Coing - Boyat, G. Bassi, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris C 262<br />

(1966), 532 - 540.<br />

[8] H. R. Oswald, Helv. Chim. Acta 48 (1965) 590 - 600 I, 600 - 615<br />

II.<br />

[9] Ch. Kittel: Introduction to Solid State Physics (in slovak),<br />

Academia, Praha 1985, Chap.15 and 16.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297 297


The journal Metalurgija publishes papers in the field of<br />

metallurgy and related fields (physics, chemistry, chemical engineering,<br />

mechanical engineering, environmental protection etc) if they<br />

are interesting from the view of metallurgy.<br />

The paper should be written and prepared in accordance with<br />

the following instructions:<br />

- the paper must be unpublished and properly prepared for printing,<br />

- papers will be printed in Latin letters, in the Croatian (=163.42),<br />

English (=111) or German (=112.2) language. The papers<br />

should be prepared using the proper standard language,<br />

- the papers should be computer written on one side of the page A4<br />

only (30 to 32 lines per page with approximately 60 characters<br />

per line). The text should be written in MS Word with letters<br />

Times New Roman, characters’ size 12. The papers should be<br />

limited to 10 typewritten pages (or about 18 000 characters);<br />

illustrations are included (figures and tables). This will amount<br />

max. 4 typewritten pages in Metalurgija and the authors are strictly<br />

obliged to make allowance for this. Only by way of exception<br />

editorial board may accept slightly more extensive manuscripts,<br />

- papers should be written in 3 rd person, according to the legal<br />

standards and INDOK-regulations. Authors are obliged to write<br />

metrological correctly, using appropriate terminology. The<br />

application of SI-units is obligatory. For all applied physical<br />

characteristics and factors it is necessary to enclose their list<br />

containing names and coherent SI-units,<br />

- diagrams must be prepared using appropriable program package<br />

e.g. Corel Draw. The size of the symbols should be selected so<br />

that after the expected reduction of the figure (on 8 cm) each of<br />

the capital letters is 2 mm high. Diagrams and tables, as well<br />

as figure and table captions in Croatian and English (German)<br />

language, should be submitted on their own pages and separated<br />

from other text,<br />

- symbols of physical values should be written in capital and small<br />

italics and numerical values in normal letters,<br />

- the title and abstract (max. 110 words) and key words (max.<br />

5 words) should be separately enclosed in Croatian and<br />

English (German) language and UDC. For the manuscripts<br />

of non-Croatian origin, Editorial Board will provide translation<br />

of titles, abstracts, key words and figures and tables captions,<br />

- references should be numerated according to the sequence<br />

of appearance in the paper and the number of each reference<br />

inserted into the text in appropriate position using square<br />

brackets. It should be cited according to the following recommendations:<br />

- book: first name initials and the last name of all authors,<br />

book title, publisher, place and year of publication, page<br />

from-to indicated with “pp.“. Example: F. Habashi, A<br />

Textbook of Hydrometallurgy, Metallurgie Extractive<br />

Quebec, Quebec, 1993, pp. 341-367 and 412,<br />

- the article in journal: the authors’ first name initials and<br />

the last name, journal title, volume (bold type), year of<br />

publication (in parenthesis) number of the journal (unnecessary<br />

in case of continuous pagination), pages from-to.<br />

Example: G.G. Schlomchak, I. Mamuzić, F. Vodopivec,<br />

Materials Science and Technology, 11 (1955) 3, 312-316,<br />

- the article in a book, encyclopaedia, lexicon: author’s first<br />

name initials and his last name, the title of the paper, the title<br />

of the book, editor’s first name initials (with the indication<br />

“ed.” in parenthesis, volume with mark “vol”, publisher,<br />

place of publication, year of publication, pages from-to<br />

with the indication of “pp.” Examples: Du. Maljković, Da.<br />

Maljković, A. Paulin, Extraction of Chlorometallic Acids<br />

with Mixed Soilvents Ether - Alchohol in Solvent Extraction<br />

INSTRUCTIONS TO THE AUTHORS<br />

In order to farther enhance the scientific level of the journal Metalurgija and to improve its appearance, former “The<br />

instructions to the authors” have been supplemented and the authors are kindly asked to prepare their manuscripts according<br />

to the new instructions.<br />

in the Process Industry, D. H. Longsdail, M. J. Slater (ed.),<br />

vol. 3, Elsevier Applied Science, London, 1993, pp. 1361-<br />

1368, or P. Matković Hard Metals in Tehnička enciklopedija<br />

(D. Štefanović, ed.), vol. 13, Lekisikografski zavod “Miroslav<br />

Krleža”, Zagreb, 1997, pp. 278-282,<br />

- an article in proceedings of symposium papers: author’s<br />

first name initials and his last name in the title of proceedings<br />

(includes the title of proceedings and/or name of symposium<br />

with indication “Proceedings” and place and year<br />

of holding if others than place and year of the publication<br />

of proceedings), editor’s first name initials and his last<br />

name if indicated with indication “ed.” in parenthesis,<br />

publisher, place of the publication, year of publication,<br />

pages from-to with indication “pp.”. Examples: F. Unkić in<br />

Zbornik, 34. livarsko posvetovanje s sodelovanjem držav<br />

heksago-nale, Društvo livarjev Slovenije, Portorož, 1993,<br />

pp. 213-223, or G. M. Rotcey, Proceedings, International<br />

Solvent Extraction Conference, Barcelona, 1999, M. Cox,<br />

M. Hidalgo, M. Valiente (ed.), vol. 1, Soc. Chem. Ind.,<br />

London, 2001, pp. 519-523,<br />

- patent: author’s first name initials or name of the legal<br />

person of patentee, name of patent, patent country with<br />

patent number or patent registration, date in parenthesis.<br />

Example: V. Logomerac, PELOFOS, Italian patent No.<br />

764917 (15.05.1967.)<br />

References are cited in the language in which they have<br />

been published. References published in letters other than<br />

Latin will be transferred in Latin letters in accordance with<br />

commonplace regulations.<br />

Journal Metalurgija classifies the papers into following groups:<br />

- Original scientific paper, in which the results of research work<br />

are presented in such a way that it enables their repeating or<br />

submitting to unambiguous testing,<br />

- Preliminary note, in which original results of unfinished until<br />

that moment still unpublished research work are presented<br />

or a new scientific conception is being announced requiring<br />

immediate publishing,<br />

- Review paper in which an original, resumed review of an item<br />

or part of it is presented whereby the author tries to point out<br />

his own original contribution,<br />

- Professional paper in which, based on one’s own experience, a<br />

useful contribution concerning a particular profession is given,<br />

- Review in which a description of a scientific and professional<br />

event (is given holding of Symposium, book presentation and<br />

the like).<br />

All paper classes, except review papers and reviews, should<br />

contain usual sections: Introduction (purpose of the work and the<br />

state of former investigation), Experimental work (method and work<br />

technology), Results and discussion, Conclusion, Acknowledgments,<br />

References, list of symbols, abbreviations and acronyms.<br />

At submitting the manuscript the author indicates the group<br />

and the article’s origin contribution. However, the reviewers will<br />

give the final decision regarding the category of the submitted<br />

paper. The author not satisfied with the group selection can call<br />

off his manuscript.<br />

The papers not constistently prepared according to the<br />

Instruction to the authors will not be considered.<br />

Papers should be submitted in two print copies and one electronic<br />

version on CD, the author’s address and his e-mail should<br />

be included, to the address of Editorial Board:<br />

10000 Zagreb, Berislavićeva 6, Croatia.


D. D. KUDELAs, KUDELAs R. et RYBáR, al.: CONCEPT G. FIsCHER OF ACCUMULATION sYsTEM CONFIGURATION ENABLING THE IssN UsAGE 0543-5846 ...<br />

METABK 45 (4) 299-302 (2006)<br />

UDC - UDK 621.5:62–68:621.31=111<br />

CONCEPT OF ACCUMULATION SYSTEM<br />

CONFIGURATION ENABLING THE USAGE OF LOW-POTENTIAL WIND ENERGY<br />

D. Kudelas, R. Rybár, BERG Faculty Technical University of Košice,<br />

Košice, slovakia, G. Fischer, Rektorat Technical University of Košice,<br />

Košice, slovakia<br />

Received - Primljeno: 2005-06-09<br />

Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-04-20<br />

Preliminary Note - Prethodno priopćenje<br />

The construction concept will allow gaining the maximum value of aerodynamic effectiveness in a wide range<br />

of service conditions. In this way conceived wind aggregate will enable capturing the low-potential wind energy<br />

and its transformation and accumulation into electric energy usable as peak energy by the means of energetic<br />

converters with capacitance accumulation. Part of the solution is also a configuration concept of objective<br />

wind energetic unit with non-electric accumulation with trend to the possibility of a wide usage in the energetic<br />

network structures.<br />

Key words: wind energy, renewable energy sources, accumulation of energy, wind aggregate<br />

Koncept konfiguracije akumulacijskog sustava koji omogućava uporabu nisko potencijalne energije<br />

vjetra. Predloženi konstrukcijski koncept omogućiti će postizanje maksimalne aerodinamične učinkovitosti u<br />

širokom rasponu eksploatacijskih uvjeta. Pretpostavljen agregat na vjetar će omogućiti prikupljanje nisko potencijalne<br />

energije vjetra te akumulaciju i transformaciju te energije u električnu energiju, iskoristivu kao vršna<br />

energija, pomoću energetskih pretvarača i akumulatora. Dio predloženih rješenja je također konstrukcijski koncept<br />

energetske jedinice na vjetar s neelektričnom akumulacijom koja bi trebala naći široku uporabu u energetskim<br />

mrežnim strukturama.<br />

Ključne riječi: energija vjetra, obnovljivi izvori energije, akumulacija energije, vjetrov uređaj<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

In comparison with western-European countries, the<br />

slovak Republic as an inland country disposes with considerably<br />

lower wind-energetic potential determined by<br />

weather conditions. The basic criterion for estimation of<br />

potential is the average wind velocity. Generally, the type<br />

of locality is considered according to the average wind<br />

velocity and the annual energy production can be determined<br />

referring to the air flow area unit which annually<br />

flows through the propeller diameter.<br />

From the technical power-plant usage of wind energy<br />

the area of slovakia belongs to a region with relatively<br />

low wind potential. This is caused by the fact, that the<br />

technology of electric power production by propeller wind<br />

power-stations is based on the usage of uniformly flowing<br />

wind with quasi constant velocity and flow direction. These<br />

capital expensive equipments reach nominal output in wind<br />

velocities in interval approximately 10 - 15 m/s. Only few<br />

high locations of the most exposed mountain ranges of<br />

slovakia (2 % of the area) can satisfy these conditions.<br />

The starting wind velocity for axial-flow wind powerstations<br />

with regulation stahl is approximately 3,5 to 5 m/s<br />

and for power-stations with regulation pitch, with generators<br />

working in wide range of revolutions, 2,5 up to 3,5<br />

m/s. Wind aggregates with vertical revolution axis existing<br />

today, using the pressure principle are - in comparison<br />

with propeller aggregates - characterised by low service<br />

effectiveness and they are not used in electroenergetics.<br />

SOLUTION CONCEPT<br />

According to the above mentioned facts there arouse<br />

the need to develop wind equipment, concept of which<br />

will take into account more specifics, from the view of the<br />

character of the flow in the area of Slovakia, as well as from<br />

the view of the position in the electric network.<br />

As the aim we have chosen to design a stable standpoint<br />

with sufficient storage tank of wind energy, possibly with<br />

storage tank of compressed air. Wind energy serves as the<br />

primary resource, when it powers the compressor, which fills<br />

the pneumatic accumulator (storage tank of compressed air).<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 299-302 299


D. KUDELAs et al.: CONCEPT OF ACCUMULATION sYsTEM CONFIGURATION ENABLING THE UsAGE ...<br />

The compressed air is in the time of peak endurance<br />

consumed from the pneumatic accumulators<br />

for the work of pneumatic engine, which<br />

powers the generator and the produced electric<br />

energy is being supplied to the public network.<br />

In the time of insufficient output of wind energy<br />

the compressor is powered by classical energy<br />

resource. Wind energy serves as complementary<br />

resource for the compressor drive. At work we<br />

consider a pressure container with volume V =<br />

10 000 l. In the necessary compressor concept<br />

we consider producing compressed air as well as<br />

electric energy also in the time of windlessness<br />

that is why we have to introduce the energetic and cubical<br />

piston compressor concept.<br />

DETERMINATION OF THE ENERGETIC<br />

AND CUBICAL COMPRESSOR CONCEPT<br />

Pressure tank should be filled with air from the compressor<br />

powered by mechanical energy from the wind<br />

equipment. We are considering a piston compressor for<br />

this purpose. Volume change of compressed air is caused<br />

by a direct reverse piston movement in the working area<br />

of the compressor. The working area of compressor is<br />

being formed of a working cylinder,<br />

which is closed by the cylinder cover<br />

from one side and from the other side<br />

the area is sealed by the piston. In the<br />

cover intake and forcing distribution<br />

valves are stored. On the cover of the<br />

cylinder also suction and delivery valves<br />

are located. The air compressor includes<br />

crank mechanism, connecting rod,<br />

piston gudgeon pin and caulking rings.<br />

The compressor piston is labelled as<br />

single-acting (i = 1), because during the<br />

air compression in the working area of<br />

the compressor only one frontal piston<br />

area is used.<br />

Compressor efficiency [1, 2] is the<br />

amount of gas flowing during a time unit through the<br />

discharge branch of the compressor. Volume efficiency<br />

v / (m3 /h) is being re-counted to relative status, i.e. to<br />

pressure and temperature in suction branch. In technical<br />

conditions the efficiency is related to technically normal<br />

status (pressure p = 100 kPa and temperature t = 20 °C).<br />

Mass efficiency of the compressor m k / (kg/h) is then recounted<br />

volume efficiency of relative status.<br />

Polytrophic exponent for older air compressors is n =<br />

1,2, for newer air compressors it is n = 1,25 - 1,3 and for<br />

large compressors it is being considered n = 1,4.<br />

Volume concept of the compressor is being solved<br />

by the construction concept of the main proportions of<br />

300<br />

the compressor for requested efficiency. The result of the<br />

concept is a determination of the main proportions of the<br />

compressor piston, which are completed by revolutions<br />

of driven compressor shaft.<br />

The energetic compressor concept is understood as the<br />

determination of the necessary compressor work, input<br />

and drive of the given compressor. In 10000 l pressure<br />

tank approximately 2,7 m 3 of air will be used for the work<br />

of pneumatic engine which we gained during pressure<br />

modification from 8000000 Pa to 630000 Pa.<br />

The necessary suction output (Table 1.) and volume<br />

and energetic concept will be performed for an air storage<br />

tank with volume 10000 l (Table 2.).<br />

ENERGY ACCUMULATION<br />

The problem of energy accumulation produced by the<br />

usage of wind, the production of economic and effective<br />

equipment is one of the basic tasks which need to be solved<br />

in the range of the question of using wind power. selection<br />

of the type and capacity of the accumulation equipment<br />

coheres with the dependability of stored energy supply.<br />

In accordance to the versatility of wind conditions, as to<br />

difficult forecast of wind conditions, it is proper to provide<br />

the wind station with accumulation equipment, eventually<br />

to use a non-wind energy station.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 299-302


D. KUDELAs et al.: CONCEPT OF ACCUMULATION sYsTEM CONFIGURATION ENABLING THE UsAGE ...<br />

The accumulation equipment observes following tasks:<br />

- stabilization of variable aggregate output in the conditions<br />

of fluently changing wind velocities,<br />

- harmonization of the production timetable graphics<br />

and energy consumption with the aim of delivering the<br />

energy to the consumer also in period in which the wind<br />

aggregate does not work or when its output comes short<br />

for connected loading,<br />

- increase in total production of the wind equipment,<br />

- increase in the effectiveness of wind energy usage,<br />

- the possibility of gaining the peak output in short period<br />

of time.<br />

Air accumulators are storage tanks into which air is being<br />

condensed by compressor powered by wind engine and<br />

consequently it is being consumed for the work of air engine.<br />

In the dependence of ordering the wind engine can be<br />

overcast by the compressor completely or partially, when<br />

it delivers part of the energy through the generator and the<br />

rest to the air accumulator. In the fist case a capacitance<br />

accumulator is considered which secures whole work of<br />

the station, and in the second case a buffering accumulator<br />

is considered which secures only the lacking energy of the<br />

wind engine at decreasing the wind speed.<br />

Wind equipment using the energy of wind flow is powering<br />

the compressor, which compresses<br />

the air into pneumatic accumulators. From<br />

these storage tanks is the compressed air<br />

being used for the work of pneumatic<br />

engine of the working machine.<br />

PNEUMATIC<br />

ENGINE AIR CONSUMPTION<br />

Pneumatic engines are mechanical<br />

equipment intended for transformation<br />

of pneumatic energy of compressed air<br />

to mechanical energy [1, 2]. A big disadvantage<br />

is low effectiveness of pneumatic<br />

traction of approximately 15 %, as well<br />

as the necessity of air modification (contaminant<br />

and moisture removal). To the<br />

benefits belongs also the possibility of usage in industry<br />

in dusty and explosive environment, the ability of constant<br />

transferring to the maximum supercharge up to the total<br />

engine interception without drive protection and the start<br />

of the engine in full charge.<br />

Air compressed by compressor is being forced down<br />

to storage tank, from where it is being used for work of<br />

the pneumatic engine which powers the generator. Asynchronous<br />

generator can be used as the generator. Asynchronous<br />

generator is the most frequent current resource<br />

at actual small wind power-stations. One of its advantages<br />

is dependability, simplicity and minimum maintenance<br />

requirements. As asynchronous generator it is possible to<br />

use almost every asynchronous electro engine with closecut<br />

anchor without modifications.<br />

1. Electromotor in the function of asynchronous generator<br />

can supply current only to public three phase electrodistribution<br />

network.<br />

2. Electromotor in the function of asynchronous generator<br />

in common circumstances cannot be used in places<br />

where is this network missing. so it cannot work as an<br />

emergency resource during blackout or as the unique<br />

resource in non-electric locality.<br />

3. It is not necessary to faze the generator to the network<br />

complicatedly.<br />

4. The generator does not require any regulation of voltage<br />

and frequency.<br />

5. The engine powering this generator does not need a<br />

revolution controller. The generator itself will slack<br />

up the water-wheel or the turbine to corresponding<br />

revolutions. suitable gearing relation will secure the<br />

optimum mode of turbine work in that moment.<br />

In calculations we get high air consumption v = 9,34<br />

m 3 /h (Table 3.) from which results the fact that a storage<br />

tank with volume 10 000 l and pressure 0,8 MPa should be<br />

able to power such pneumatic engine for 17 minutes.<br />

It is necessary to decrease the air consumption, and<br />

for this reason we are considering an equipment of the<br />

pneumatic winged engine with number of vanes 24.<br />

Air consumption decreased to v = 5,48 m 3 /h (Table 4.)<br />

This means that a storage tank with volume 10 000 l filled<br />

to pressure of 0,8 MPa, could power the pneumatic engine<br />

defined by us for 30 minutes.<br />

WIND EqUIPMENT<br />

The study comes from the philosophy of transformation<br />

of the wind kinetic energy, which passes through flow<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 299-302 301


D. KUDELAs et al.: CONCEPT OF ACCUMULATION sYsTEM CONFIGURATION ENABLING THE UsAGE ...<br />

area of wind engine into mechanical work necessary for<br />

compressor power. Wind engine transforms part of the<br />

energy into mechanical work, part of the energy stays<br />

unused and part of the energy of steady flow transforms<br />

into air whirling behind the rotor. This all comes from the<br />

theoretically possible wind usage.<br />

According to the fact that we need a large torsion<br />

moment, we have to consider a multivane or savonious<br />

rotor. In the blade rotor the air current flowing through<br />

the propeller area has the same effect for all fans during<br />

the propeller rotation. For the propeller drive are used<br />

aerodynamic forces of buoyancy and resistance of the<br />

aerodynamic profile. Output coefficient in correctly proposed<br />

propeller comes near to the theoretical value of Betz<br />

coefficient. It has relatively high revolutions suitable for<br />

generator drive. With the increasing number of propeller<br />

blades is the effectiveness decreasing, revolution by which<br />

is gained the maximum propeller effectiveness decline, but<br />

the torsion moment increases.<br />

It is obvious in a multivane wheel which is during low<br />

revolutions more suitable for drive of piston pumps, as<br />

well as piston compressors, but not for the drive of generators<br />

for electric energy production. Multivan propeller<br />

is suitable for all places where it is necessary to lower<br />

the number of propeller revolutions. slight lowering of<br />

the effectiveness will be replaced by increasing the rotor<br />

diameter.<br />

In the case of savonious rotor is the kinetic energy<br />

of air current transformed to pressure, which pushes the<br />

curved vane of the rotor in front of itself. Recessive vane is<br />

being driven by wind; progressive vane is being inhibited<br />

by the wind, so that a half of the rotor is participated in<br />

production of the torsion moment. Rotors of this type are<br />

suitable for pumps and similar equipments, which require<br />

large torsion moment but low revolutions. since only a<br />

half of the rotor participates during the rotation in the<br />

production of torsion moment, the effectiveness is lower<br />

than the effectiveness of previous types.<br />

302<br />

According to technically usable<br />

wind velocity which is v = 3 m/s i.e.<br />

minimum wind velocity at which the<br />

wind equipment begins to work and<br />

the average wind velocity in Košice<br />

v = 3,6 m/s considered compressors<br />

connected to wind equipments are<br />

dimensioned to wind velocity v = 4<br />

m/s using savonious rotor (rotor area<br />

S = 57 m 2 ) or six-vane wind rotor (rotor<br />

area S = 26 m 2 ). The value of v = 4<br />

m/s gains the wind in Košice and its<br />

outskirts mainly in afternoon hours.<br />

CONCLUSION<br />

submitted work solves in an original way the usage<br />

of wind energy in outskirts of Košice, which is typical<br />

locality with average wind velocity 3,6 m/s with dominant<br />

northern current. According to the fact, that literature (and<br />

practice) considers cost-effective use of wind energy from<br />

the level of 5 m/s, we were searching for a solution, for<br />

which are the mentioned velocities sufficient. There has<br />

been introduced a solution, which should work as a top<br />

power-station, although in this case with a very low output.<br />

Here it is necessary to realize, that a new system solution<br />

is concerned and sequential modifications and improvements<br />

can emphasize the effect.<br />

In the proposed solution are still not achieved results<br />

by which it would be possible to cover whole time of<br />

energetic peak, but there is a possibility of getting near<br />

to this point using pressure tank with higher pressure. In<br />

the proposed concept were used data about pressure tanks<br />

which are commonly available in slovakia.<br />

In comparison with such renewable resource of electric<br />

energy as are photovoltaic systems, whose output should<br />

gain level of 1,3 - 3 GW up to the year 2010, which is a total<br />

annual increase on the level of 580 MW [4], can the proposed<br />

wind energy usage system represent economic and technical<br />

solutions, as e.g. using the pressure tanks, a negotiable<br />

implementation way of RER (Renewable Energy Resources)<br />

into the energetic structures of the slovak Republic.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

[1] M. Horák, P. Vančura,Technika stlačeného vzduchu. Návody na<br />

cvičenia. STU - Bratislava 1994.<br />

[2] M. Horák, Technika stlačeného vzduchu. STU - Bratislava 1994.<br />

[3] J. I. Šefter: Využití energie vetru. SNTL, Praha, 1991.<br />

[4] D. Kováč, I. Kováčová: Behavior of the Voltage Measurement Transformer<br />

during Non Harmonic signal Measuring, Power Electronics<br />

and Motion Control (1998), 152 - 155.<br />

[5] L. Strakoš, Technická analýza vhodnosti využití různých typů rotorů<br />

pro pohon generátorů větrných elektráren. Větrná energie 1/07.<br />

[6] V. Šimko, D. Kováč, I. Kováčová: Theoretical Electrotechnics I., Elfa<br />

s.r.o. Košice (2002), 173.<br />

[7] P. Rybár, T. Sasvári, Zem a zemské zdroje. Elfa, Košice 1997.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 299-302


K. K. KosTúR KosTúR: REGULATIoN oF THE HEATING FURNACE IN TUBE RoLLING MILL<br />

IssN 0543-5846<br />

METABK 45 (4) 303-306 (2006)<br />

UDC - UDK 621.783.2:62–55:004.94 =111<br />

REGULATION OF THE HEATING FURNACE IN TUBE ROLLING MILL<br />

K. Kostúr, BERG Faculty Technical University of Košice, Košice,<br />

slovakia<br />

Received - Primljeno: 2005-06-09<br />

Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-04-10<br />

Preliminary Note - Prethodno priopćenje<br />

The rolling of tube requires homogeneous heating along the tube. In steel work the difference along tube was<br />

sometimes 80 °C. The reasons for bad homogeneousness of heating were analyzed by a simulation model of<br />

heating furnace. Then the proposal was made for a new control system and also the proposal for reconstruction<br />

of furnace. In this contribution also a description of some ways for improvement of heating was made. The<br />

main contribution is the proposal of an adaptive system.<br />

Key words: simulation model, homogeneous heating, control system<br />

Regulacija zagrijevne peći u valjaonici cijevi. Proces valjanja cijevi zahtijeva ravnomjerno zagrijan cijevni<br />

uložak u zagrijevnoj peći. U realnim uvjetima procesa valjanja razlike u temperaturi duž cijevi bile su i do 80<br />

°C. Razlog neravnomjernog zagrijavanja je analiziran na simulacijskom modelu zagrijevne peći. Na toj osnovi<br />

izrađen je prijedlog novog upravljačkog sustava kao i rekonstrukcije same peći. U okviru prijedloga dato je nekoliko<br />

mogućih rješenja za poboljšanje postojećeg stanja. Najveća vrijednost pretpostavljenog rješenja sadržana<br />

je u predloženom adativnom sustavu.<br />

Ključne riječi: simulacijski model, homogena zagrijavanja, kontrolni sustav<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

The heating furnace serves for heating of the semiproduct<br />

(the tube) in front of tube rolling mill. The heated<br />

semi-product from furnace is moved into the tube rolling<br />

mill by a roller conveyor (see Figure 1.). The finished<br />

product after reduction in the tube rolling mill is moved<br />

to the storing place. The base characteristics of the furnace<br />

are as follows:<br />

- the dimensions of furnace - length 17000 mm,<br />

- breadth 8370 mm,<br />

- height 1600 mm;<br />

- the desired temperature of heating tube 900 - 1000 °C;<br />

- the fuel is natural gas;<br />

- the production capacity 20 - 30 t·h –1 ;<br />

- the diameter of tube 100 - 200 mm;<br />

- the thickness of wall of tube 3 - 10 mm;<br />

- the length of tube 10 000 - 16 000 mm.<br />

The heating of tube is provided by the burner system<br />

which consists of 26 burners. The input of fuel is regulated<br />

with the aid of three regulation zones which are localized<br />

on input and output sides of the furnace. The required<br />

temperature of tube depends on the quality of steel. This<br />

temperature would be equal along the tube. The problem<br />

with heating the tube is the homogeneousness of the temperature<br />

along the tube. The differences approx. 60 - 80 °C<br />

along the tube were measured. The bad homogeneousness<br />

of the temperature is the reason for reduction of the quality<br />

of finished tube. Therefore, the reason for bad homogeneousness<br />

of the temperature had to be determined and<br />

then propose improvements of heating.<br />

THE ANALYSIS OF<br />

REASONS FOR BAD TEMPERATURE<br />

HOMOGENEOUSNESS DURING HEATING<br />

OF THE TUBE BY SIMULATION MODEL<br />

The processes in heating furnace are very complex.<br />

Therefore, a simulation way was chosen. The simulation<br />

model was created on the basis of mathematical model. The<br />

basic structure of mathematical description is similar to the<br />

model of heating process of rotary hearth furnace [1].<br />

Unlike old model [1] the new model solves the temperature<br />

field of the tube according to the following system<br />

of differential equations<br />

dT 1<br />

= ( Q1 −Q2<br />

)<br />

dτ<br />

G ⋅ c<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 303-306 303<br />

(1)


K. KosTúR: REGULATIoN oF THE HEATING FURNACE IN TUBE RoLLING MILL<br />

where:<br />

T - the temperature,<br />

τ - the time,<br />

G - the mass of material,<br />

c - the specific heat capacity,<br />

Q - the heat flow (input/output).<br />

A new simulation model was verified on the basis of<br />

measurements in real furnace [2]. The simulation studies<br />

reveal the reasons of bad homogeneousness during tube<br />

heating as follows.<br />

Control system<br />

The regulation zones (input of fuel) are controlled according<br />

to signals from their own thermocouples, which<br />

are localized approx. 1/3 of distance from output side of<br />

furnace. They are near the opening for exhaust of combustion<br />

products. The regulation zones on input side do not<br />

influence the measured temperature. Therefore it is logical<br />

to divide the regulation into:<br />

- the regulation of the input on input side,<br />

- the regulation of the input on output side.<br />

Then the regulation will consist of six regulation zones<br />

(see Figure 2.). The simulation study does not demonstrate<br />

a marked improvement.<br />

Heating of the beginning and end of a tube<br />

Sometimes the temperature of the beginning/end of an<br />

output tube is higher/lower than the required temperature.<br />

The reason is the difference in radiant surface of a line. For<br />

example, at the beginning of the significiant radiant heat<br />

flow from lateral wall still exists. If the operator lowers the<br />

required temperature then the radiant flow at the beginning<br />

304<br />

of the tube will be higher (side wall) than in the centre of<br />

the tube and vice versa. Therefore, the temperature at the<br />

beginning of the tube will be higher then in the centre (the<br />

influence of heating inertial lining.). For solving this problem<br />

addition (the proposal A) of burners into the horns of<br />

furnace was proposed (see Figure 2.). These burners will be<br />

provided by individual regulation. A second proposal (B)<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 303-306


K. KosTúR: REGULATIoN oF THE HEATING FURNACE IN TUBE RoLLING MILL<br />

has been an exchange of refractory material, which would<br />

be replaced with insulating material (sibral). In Figure 3. is<br />

shown the temperature field of the tubes during their motion<br />

in the furnace. As it can seen the temperatures along<br />

the tubes are homogeneous.<br />

The number of regulation zones<br />

From Figure 3. it can be seen that the beginning of<br />

the tube has the same temperature as the centre tube. But<br />

the problem is the temperature of end tubes if the tube is<br />

shorter than the breadth of the furnace. The reason is in<br />

unequal temperature field of combustion products. Two<br />

cases were analyzed by simulation model.<br />

First case: The thermocouple of regulation zone is<br />

outside the end of tube.<br />

The fuel of all burners is controlled according to the<br />

measured temperature T in this regulation zone. In close<br />

neighborhood of thermocouple the heating power take-off<br />

is lower because in this place there is not tube. Therefore,<br />

for equal desired temperature of combustion products the<br />

regulator should give a signal for lower mass flow rate of<br />

fuel. The temperature of combustion products above the end<br />

of the tube will be lower in comparison with T. Therefore,<br />

the temperature at the end of the tube will be lower.<br />

second case: The thermocouple of regulation zone is<br />

above the end of tube.<br />

In this case the regulator stabilizes the temperature of<br />

combustion products above the end of tube. Fuel consumption<br />

or heat flow instead consuption of heat to the right of<br />

the end of tube is lower (the tube does exist). Therefore,<br />

the temperature of combustion products on the right will<br />

be higher. Radiant flow q r from this place heats the end<br />

of tube. Therefore, the temperature at the end of tube will<br />

be higher. The maximum of specific capacity near 750 °C<br />

complicates this situation still more. The specific capacity<br />

in front of 750 °C soars and then it plummets at higher<br />

a temperature. It is reason a vehement reaction of a tube<br />

temperature - see equation (1).<br />

This case is shown in Table 1. The temperatures are<br />

in a cross section under the thermocouples along breadth<br />

of furnace.<br />

For solving these problems the following changes<br />

were designed:<br />

1. Increase the number of thermocouples.<br />

2. Increase the number of regulation zones and decrease<br />

their range.<br />

From the original regulation zones (1, 2 and 6, 7) 10<br />

new regulated zones were created. Each burner zone is<br />

individually regulated. Then regulation system consists<br />

of 18 regulation zones.<br />

THE ADAPTIVE SYSTEM<br />

The control system controls the heating of the tube according<br />

to signals from thermocouples which measured the<br />

temperatures of combustion products. Therefore, the problem<br />

is to define the temperatures of combustion products.<br />

The aim is to define these temperatures so that the tube will<br />

reach the desired temperature. It is the task of proposed<br />

adaptation system. This algorithm is very simple.<br />

Trj = Tj ±∆ Tj<br />

where:<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 303-306 305<br />

(2)<br />

Trj - the desired temperature of combustion products at<br />

j-th thermocouple,<br />

Tj - the previous measured temperature at j-th thermocouple,<br />

DT - the change (increase/ decrease) of temperature.<br />

j<br />

The increase/decrease can be defined as the difference<br />

between desired and measured temperatures of the tube.


K. KosTúR: REGULATIoN oF THE HEATING FURNACE IN TUBE RoLLING MILL<br />

Then the desired temperature of combustion products is<br />

defined as follows:<br />

306<br />

tube tube ( )<br />

Tr T a Tr Tm<br />

j, k+ 1 j, k j k j, k<br />

= + −<br />

where:<br />

(3)<br />

j - the index of regulation zone,<br />

k - the index of time period of adaptation,<br />

Tr - the desired temperature of combustion products,<br />

T - the measured temperature of combustion products,<br />

a - the constant of adaptation,<br />

Tr tube - the desired temperature of tube,<br />

Tm tube - the measured temperature of tube.<br />

The structure of control system is shown on Figure 6.<br />

The control system consists of three levels [3]. The<br />

optimization level computes the optimal heating regime<br />

tube (Tr ). The adaptive level adapts the desired temperatures<br />

j<br />

of combustion products according to the basic equation<br />

(3). The last level is direct digital control. Its signals (u j )<br />

control the actuators of burners.<br />

CONCLUSION<br />

A model of control system (see Figure 6.) was created.<br />

The verification of proposed control system was made with<br />

the aid of simulation. Both models (furnace + control)<br />

have simulated mutual cooperation for real conditions. The<br />

contributions of this solution are the following:<br />

- decrease of specific consumption of fuel approx. by<br />

about 7 %,<br />

- homogeneous temperatures along tube were attained.<br />

The solution of the main problem (no homogeneous<br />

heating) is shown in Table 2.<br />

shorter tube (j = 3, …, 14) was heated. The index j is<br />

part of tube element according length. The desired temperature<br />

of the tube was 930 °C. The maximal deviation is<br />

5 °C. For the tube rolling this deviation is acceptable.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

[1] K. Kostúr: The optimization of heating process in rotary hearth furnace<br />

by simulation model. In: Tagungsband zum XXI. Verformungskundlichen<br />

Kolloquium. Montanuniversität Leoben, 2002, 39 - 46.<br />

[2] K. Kostúr, M. Pastor: Simulačný a matematický model krokovej<br />

pece (The simulation and mathematical model of heating furnace).<br />

Research report, OAR Košice, 2002, 81.<br />

[3] K. Kostúr, M. Pastor, G. Trefa: Návrh regulácie a konštrukcie krokovej<br />

pece. (The proposal of control and construction for heating<br />

furnace). Research report, OAR Košice, 2002, 124.<br />

Acknowledgement<br />

This contribution is part of project VEGA No. 1/3346/06.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 303-306


M. M. Jurković, Jurković Z. et Jurković, al.: AN ANALYSIS M. MAhMić AND MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT ... iSSN 0543-5846<br />

METABk 45 (4) 307-312 (2006)<br />

UDC - UDK 621.983.3:621.774.7:62–462:621.7.016.3:519.863=111<br />

AN ANALYSIS AND<br />

MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT WALL-THICKNESS REDUCTION<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

The modelling of spinning process is similarly to the<br />

process of deep drawing. The workpiece is flat blank.<br />

it is obtained by this processing through simple pressing<br />

roller the parts of complex form of good mechanical<br />

characteristics and surface which quality is near to the<br />

quality obtained after grinding.<br />

it can be obtained the different axial-symmetrical parts.<br />

The working parts are divided to symmetrical, conical with<br />

curved drawing and combined parts. The spinning process<br />

doesn’t enable to produce of unsymmetrical parts [1 - 7].<br />

Tool design that are used for spinning processing is<br />

very simple, that secure smaller price and longer the time<br />

of explotation life. The same tools can be used for individual<br />

operations at the different parts producing.<br />

THEORETICAL BASIS OF SPINNING PROCESS<br />

At the procedure of metal processing through spinning<br />

is the main motion circular and it is made by workpiece<br />

M. Jurković, Z. Jurković, Faculty of Engineering university of rijeka,<br />

Croatia, M. Mahmić, Faculty of Technical Engineering university of<br />

Bihać, Bosnia and herzegovina<br />

Received - Primljeno: 2003-12-24<br />

Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2005-12-25<br />

Preliminary Note - Prethodno priopćenje<br />

Through the spinning process it is made the different axial-symmetrical parts by acting spinning roller on blank<br />

of sheet metal, which is shaped through a chuck. In the paper is shown an analyse of stressed and strained<br />

state, as well as forming force components of spinning process. On the ground of experimental results it is<br />

made mathematical modelling of spinning forming force. The obtained mathematical model describes enough<br />

accurate and reliable (P = 0,98) the spinning forming force.<br />

Key words: modelling, spinning, forming force<br />

Analiza i modeliranje procesa rotacijskog tiskanja bez stanjenja debljine stjenke. Rotacijskim tiskanjem se<br />

dobiju različiti osnosimetrični dijelovi djelovanjem pritisnog valjka na pripremak, koji pri deformiranju prijanja uz<br />

rotirajući trn. U radu je prikazana analiza napregnutog i deformacionog stanja, kao i komponenata sile procesa<br />

rotacijskog tiskanja. Na osnovi eksperimentalnih rezultata izvedeno je matematičko modeliranje deformacijske<br />

sile tiskanja. Dobiveni matematički model dovoljno točno i pouzdano (P = 0,98) opisuje silu procesa rotacijskog<br />

tiskanja.<br />

Ključne riječi: modeliranje, rotacijsko tiskanje, deformacijska sila<br />

(5) together with chuck (1) while auxilary motion is made<br />

by roller (2) (Figure 1.). The begininng material form for<br />

processing is usually circular plate (4) pressed by follower<br />

in tailstock (3).<br />

The blank, in this case a plain, sheet-metal disc, is concentrically<br />

clamped against the follower by the tailstock<br />

and driven via the main spindle. rotating at high speed, the<br />

workpiece is then formed by the spinning roller following a<br />

pre-set path to produce a series of strokes or passes. Direction<br />

of the material flowing speed (v m ) during deformation<br />

process is the same to the axial speed (v) of pressed roller.<br />

Geometry of spinning procedure<br />

it is obtained by spinning the cylindrical hole parts with<br />

bottom as is shown at the Figure 2. The part is made from<br />

more operations by the different chucks if it isn’t able to get<br />

desired cylindrical part from one operation (Figure 2.).<br />

Between chuck and pressed roller (D) (Figure 1.) depending<br />

on clearance size, the cylindrical parts can be made<br />

by reduction and without reduction of wall thickness. The<br />

wall thickness and cylinder bottom are the same (s 1 = s 0 )<br />

in the first case and in the second case the wall thickness<br />

is smaller than bottom thickness, that is preparing part<br />

thickness (s 1 < s 0 ).<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 307-312 307


M. Jurković et al.: AN ANALYSIS AND MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT ...<br />

Stress - strain state<br />

The spinning process (Figure 1.), is very similar to deep<br />

drawing process to tools at the press. The process is carried<br />

out in one pass from circular plain preparing part. For full<br />

analysing of strained and stressed state at the spinning it<br />

is needed to divide workpiece into several different zones<br />

(Figure 3.) at which are occured different schemes of strain<br />

and stress [4, 7].<br />

308<br />

The stress state is treated as flat at the element wreath,<br />

where it is considered that forming of material is acted by<br />

absence of normal stress s Z =0. This stress state is unlike<br />

in according to radial stress (s R ) positive and normal stress<br />

at the tangent direction is negative (s T ).<br />

in the element wreath for an analyse of strain and<br />

stress is used the method of common soluting of plasticity<br />

conditions in the form:<br />

σR − σT = ± βk,<br />

(1)<br />

and balance equation:<br />

dσR<br />

ρ + σR − σT<br />

= 0,<br />

dρ<br />

so that we get differential equation:<br />

dσR<br />

ρ + βk<br />

= 0.<br />

dρ<br />

(2)<br />

(3)<br />

We get through soluting of differential equation (3)<br />

for boundary conditions (r = R S , s R = 0) radial stressed<br />

component that incites plastic deformation at the element<br />

wreath:<br />

σ = β ⋅k<br />

R sr<br />

where is:<br />

ln S R<br />

ρ<br />

(4)<br />

k sr - the average value of specific flow stress,<br />

R S - the immediate value outsideed wreath radius of<br />

cylinder (from r 1 to R 0 ),<br />

r - radius inside of intervals r 1 ≤ r ≤ R 0 .<br />

it is getting through involving of express (4) with condition<br />

of plastic flow (1) the normal stress at the tangent<br />

direction:<br />

⎛ R ⎞<br />

S<br />

σT = β ⋅k ⎜<br />

sr ⎜ln −1<br />

⎟ ⎟.<br />

⎜⎜⎝ ρ<br />

⎟ ⎟⎠<br />

(5)<br />

At the spinning of cylindrical elements without reducing<br />

of wall thickness the maximum axial stress is defined<br />

helping expression:<br />

⎛ RS s ⎞<br />

0<br />

σ Z = ⎜<br />

⎜1,1k ln ( 1 1,6 )<br />

max<br />

sr k<br />

⎟<br />

⎜<br />

+ sr<br />

+ µ<br />

⎜ ⎟<br />

⎝ r1 2ρw<br />

+ s ⎟<br />

0 ⎠ (6)<br />

where:<br />

2<br />

RS = 0,5 D0 − 4d ⎡<br />

1sr h 0,57 ( ρw<br />

R s0)<br />

⎤<br />

⎣<br />

+ + +<br />

⎦<br />

.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 307-312


M. Jurković et al.: AN ANALYSIS AND MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT ...<br />

Maximum axial stress ( σZ<br />

) ,<br />

Degree of deformation<br />

max<br />

obtained by h = 0.<br />

The fitted relative strain at the element wreath are:<br />

- at the tangent direction:<br />

ε<br />

T<br />

=<br />

ρ<br />

−1,<br />

R + ρ − R<br />

2 2 2<br />

0<br />

S<br />

(7)<br />

- at the radial direction (direction of sheet of metal thickness):<br />

RS<br />

1−2ln ρ<br />

εR = ⋅εT<br />

,<br />

RS<br />

2− ln<br />

ρ<br />

- at the axial direction:<br />

ε = − ( ε + ε ).<br />

Z T R<br />

(8)<br />

(9)<br />

At the immediate strained zone it is normal strains<br />

under pressed roller:<br />

d<br />

ε T = −<br />

a<br />

ε ε<br />

1 1,<br />

i<br />

s − s<br />

1 0<br />

R = S = ≈<br />

s0<br />

0,<br />

2hi<br />

−( ai −d1)<br />

εZ = εh<br />

=<br />

.<br />

ai − d1<br />

(10)<br />

where:<br />

2<br />

ai = d + 4d1( hi + 0,75R)<br />

- the immediate value of<br />

workpiece diameter which was deformed in the cylinder<br />

of h height.<br />

i<br />

Logarithmic strain at the part under pressed roller are<br />

defined by expressions:<br />

d s<br />

ϕ ϕ ϕ<br />

1 1<br />

i<br />

T = ln , R = ln ≈ 0, Z = ln .<br />

ai s0 ai d1<br />

Forming forces of the spinning process<br />

2h<br />

− (11)<br />

The axial components of force is determined by<br />

expression:<br />

F = F = σ ⋅ A ,<br />

Z A Zmax Z<br />

unless the contact surface of axial force:<br />

(12)<br />

v<br />

AZ = 2ls0 = 2 s0 dw<br />

⋅ .<br />

n<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 307-312 309<br />

(13)<br />

on the basis of plastic flowing condition the maximum<br />

radial strain expresses:<br />

σ = σ + 1,15k<br />

Rmax Z sr<br />

and<br />

v v<br />

AR = 2 dw<br />

⋅<br />

n n<br />

or the maximum component of force is:<br />

F = σ ⋅ A .<br />

Rmax Rmax R<br />

(14)<br />

(15)<br />

(16)<br />

owing to simplifying the state of deformation it is<br />

taken into account the plane state of deformation and the<br />

tangent stress is:<br />

σ<br />

Tmax<br />

σZ + σR<br />

1,15k<br />

= =<br />

2 2<br />

and tangent components of force:<br />

F = σ ⋅ A<br />

Tmax Tmax T<br />

where the contact surface is:<br />

1 v<br />

AT = s0<br />

2 ρw<br />

⋅ .<br />

2 n<br />

sr<br />

(17)<br />

(18)<br />

(19)<br />

The experimental researchings are shown that the<br />

maximum radial force occurs immediatelly at the end of<br />

spinning of cylindrical part. The axial stress in this moment<br />

equals zero (s Z = 0). Total force:<br />

F F F F<br />

2 2 2<br />

= A + R + T .<br />

(20)<br />

THE EXPERIMENTAL<br />

ANALYSIS OF THE PROCESS<br />

The experimental analyse of spinning process is made<br />

in the aim of measuring the forming forces which are<br />

used for modelling and simulation ot the spinning process<br />

(Figure 4.).<br />

The experimental<br />

tool for measuring spinning force components<br />

in Figure 5. is given the presentation of force compo-


M. Jurković et al.: AN ANALYSIS AND MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT ...<br />

nents at the spinning and Figure 6. is shown the experimental<br />

tool for measuring spinning force components.<br />

310<br />

The experimental results<br />

on the basis of acquired data for material, revolutions<br />

numbers of the main spindle, the feed of pressed roller, roller<br />

diameter, lubrication means are obtained the values of<br />

force components depends on roller motion (Table 1.).<br />

in the Figure 7. are given the obtained experimental<br />

values for Č0148 (DiN St14) and s 0 = 1 mm.<br />

Analyzing recorded diagrams it can be concluded the<br />

following:<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 307-312


M. Jurković et al.: AN ANALYSIS AND MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT ...<br />

- the pressed roller moves during the process by constant<br />

speed,<br />

- the tangent component has nearly constant value during<br />

the process,<br />

- the maximum value of radial force occurs at the end of<br />

the process,<br />

- the decreasing of axial force after reaching of maximum<br />

is stepped (at the cylindrical parts obtained through combined<br />

action) but at the parts obtained without reducing<br />

the decreasing of axial force is extended.<br />

FORCE MODELLING<br />

The parameter choosing of spinning process<br />

on the basis of the experimental results is made a<br />

modelling of spinning force (Table 1.).<br />

The varying parameters are defined over input variables<br />

of process which define the experiment conditions<br />

varying at the three levels: axial speed of pressed roller, v<br />

/(mm/min), wall thickness of the blank, s /mm and pressed<br />

roller path, h /mm.<br />

The constant parameters of process are: material of<br />

preparing part, radius of cycled tools, diameter and product,<br />

etc. [1].<br />

The defining of mathematical model<br />

The number of experiment needed for modelling is<br />

defined by expression:<br />

N = 2 k + n 0 = 2 3 + 4 = 12,<br />

where:<br />

N - the total experiment number,<br />

k - number of parameters,<br />

n 0 - the replied experiment number at the central point of<br />

a plan.<br />

The force function of spinning is modelled by following<br />

polynom function at the coded form:<br />

Y = F = b 0 + b 1 X 1 + b 2 X 2 + b 3 X 3 + b 12 X 1 X 2 +<br />

+ b 23 X 2 X 3 + b 13 X 1 X 3 + b 123 X 1 X 2 X 3<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 307-312 311<br />

(21)<br />

The further modelling action understand the determining<br />

coefficients of mathematical model to expression:<br />

N<br />

1<br />

b0 = y j,<br />

N ∑<br />

j=<br />

1<br />

N<br />

1<br />

bi = X ij y j,<br />

za i = 1,2,..., k,<br />

N −n 0 j=<br />

1<br />

∑<br />

N<br />

1<br />

bim = X ij X mj y j,<br />

za 1 ≤ i < m < k.<br />

N −n 0 j=<br />

1<br />

∑<br />

where:<br />

b , b , b - coefficients of mathematical model,<br />

0 i im<br />

X , X - coded values.<br />

ij mj<br />

(22)<br />

The values of the coefficient of mathematical models<br />

are:<br />

b 0 = 442; b 1 = 37; b 2 = 99; b 3 = 160;<br />

b 12 = 2,078; b 23 = 32,58; b 13 = 13; b 123 = 0,481.<br />

Taking in attention only significant coefficients of regression,<br />

the mathematical model of force has the form:<br />

Y = F = 442 + 37 X 1 + 99 X 2 +<br />

+ 160 X 3 + 32,58 X 2 X 3<br />

(23)


M. Jurković et al.: AN ANALYSIS AND MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT ...<br />

The coefficient of multiple regression R = 0,993 shows<br />

very good correlation between varying X i and spinning<br />

force F j .<br />

The mathematical model (23) enough correctly and reliable<br />

(P = 0,98) describes the process force of spinning inside<br />

the space of applied experiment what shows the comparing<br />

of experimental and calculated values (Table 3.).<br />

Encoding the mathematical model (23) is obtained<br />

the physical mathematical model of the spinning force<br />

in the form of:<br />

Y = – 59,39 + 0,74v + 100,26s + 6,226h + 6,516s·h (24)<br />

CONCLUSIONS<br />

in according to deep drawing this procedure has defined<br />

advantages:<br />

- enable producing of complex products,<br />

- deformation is made in the part under pressed roller,<br />

unless at deep drawing at the whole volume of part<br />

countour,<br />

- the tools are more simple design than the tools of deep<br />

drawing,<br />

- the tool life is longer and tool costs are smaller,<br />

- smaller forming force,<br />

- the tool is flexibile because the same can be used for<br />

different parts producing.<br />

The ground failures are:<br />

- unsymetrical parts cann’t be produce,<br />

- smaller production in according to deep drawing.<br />

The mathematical modelling of the force of spinning enough<br />

correctly and reliable describes forming force, that are<br />

confirmed by obtained model of the that has reliability P =<br />

0,98 and the coefficient of multiple regression R = 0,993.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

[1] M. Jurković, Mathematical Modelling and optimization of Machining<br />

Processes, Faculty of Engineering, university of rijeka,<br />

rijeka, 1999, p. 151 - 176 and 335 - 386.<br />

[2] D. Lazarević, Sile pri rotacionom izvlačenju koničnih delova,<br />

Xviii Savetovanje proizvodnog mašinstva Jugoslavije, Mašinski<br />

fakultet, Niš, 1984, p. 363 - 377.<br />

[3] M. Jurković, Band Cross Section Geometry in the Function of<br />

Thermo-Mechanical Factors and Stress State of Cold Forming<br />

Processes, Dissertation thesis, 1981, p. 148 - 192.<br />

[4] D. Lazarević, v. Stoiljković, Naponsko - deformaciono stanje i sile<br />

pri rotacionom izvlačenju cilindričnih delova bez redukcije debljine<br />

zida, Xvii Savetovanje proizvodnog mašinstva Jugoslavije,<br />

Titograd, 1983, p. iii19 - iii22.<br />

[5] k. Lange, Lehrbuch der umformtechnik, Band 3, Blechbearbeitung,<br />

Springer-verlag, Berlin-heidelberg New York, 1975, p. 1 - 456.<br />

[6] M. Jurković, Z. Jurković, Direct Determining of Stress and Friction<br />

Coefficient on the Contact Surface of Tool and Workpiece, Proc. 1 st<br />

int. Conf. iCiT ’97, 1 (1997), Ljubljana - Maribor, p. 127 - 132.<br />

[7] N. i. Mogiljnji, rotacionaja vytjažka oboločkovyh detalej na stankah,<br />

Mašinostroenie, Moskva, 1983, p. 1 - 190.<br />

312<br />

List of symbols<br />

n - revolutions numbers of chuck /min –1<br />

v - axial speed of pressed roller /(mm/min)<br />

v - the material flowing speed /(mm/min)<br />

m<br />

D - diameter of workpiece (blank diameter)<br />

0<br />

/mm<br />

d - diameter of rotary chuck (chuck diame-<br />

1<br />

ter) /mm<br />

r - chuck radius /mm<br />

1<br />

d - diameter of finished product /mm<br />

s - wall thickness /mm<br />

s - initial sheet thickness /mm<br />

0<br />

d - diameter of pressed roller /mm<br />

w<br />

r w<br />

- roller radius /mm<br />

h - pressed roller path /mm<br />

l - spinning length /mm<br />

d - the immediate diameter of workpiece<br />

1sr<br />

wreath /mm<br />

R - blank radius /mm<br />

0<br />

R - the immediate value outsideed wreath<br />

S<br />

radius of cylinder (from r to R ) /mm<br />

1 0<br />

a - the immediate value of workpiece<br />

i<br />

diameter which was deformed in the<br />

cylinder of h height /mm<br />

i<br />

v/n - spinning feed of roller /mm·rev –1<br />

k - number of parameters<br />

k - the average value of flow stress /Pa<br />

sr<br />

Ds - absolute reducing of wall thickness<br />

/mm<br />

a 0<br />

- angle of chuck /°<br />

a - angle of pressed roller /°<br />

b - Lode coefficient (b = 1,0 to 1,55)<br />

m - coefficient of friction<br />

r - radius inside of intervals r ≤ r ≤ R 1 0<br />

/mm<br />

s , s , s - radial, axial and tangent stress /Pa<br />

R Z T<br />

σR , σ ,<br />

max Z σ<br />

max T - maximum stresses in radial, axial and<br />

max<br />

tangent direction /Pa<br />

e , e , e - the relative strains in radial, axial and<br />

R Z T<br />

tangent direction<br />

j , j , j - logarithmic strains<br />

R Z T<br />

F , F , F - the force components in radial, axial and<br />

R Z T<br />

tangent direction /N<br />

F , F , F - maximum force in radial, axial and<br />

Rmax Zmax Tmax<br />

tangent direction /N<br />

F - total force /N<br />

A R , A Z , A T - the pressed contact surface at the radial,<br />

axial and tangent direction / mm 2<br />

X ij , X mj - coded values<br />

n 0 - the replied experiment number at the<br />

central point of a plane<br />

b 0 , b i , b im - coefficients of mathematical model<br />

N - the total experiment number<br />

MT - strain gages<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 307-312


S. S. V. DobAtkin, DobATkIn J. et Zrník, al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES i. MAMuZić bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ISSn ... 0543-5846<br />

METAbk 45 (4) 313-321 (2006)<br />

UDC - UDk 669.14:539.377:620.17=111<br />

NANOSTRUCTURES BY<br />

SEVERE PLASTIC DEFORMATION OF STEELS: ADVANTAGES AND PROBLEMS<br />

S. V. Dobatkin, A. A. baikov Institute of Metallurgy and Materials Science,<br />

Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia, J. Zrník, Comtes<br />

FHt, Ltd., Plzen, Czech republic, i. Mamuzić, Faculty of Metallurgy<br />

University of Zagreb, Sisak, Croatia<br />

Received - Primljeno: 2005-10-21<br />

Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-06-21<br />

Review Paper - Pregledni rad<br />

The aim of this paper is to consider the features of structure evolution during severe plastic deformation (SPD)<br />

of steels and its influence on mechanical properties. The investigation have been carried out mainly on low<br />

carbon steels as well as on austenitic stainless steels after SPD by torsion under high pressure (HPT) and equal<br />

channel angular (ECA) pressing. Structure formation dependencies on temperature deformation conditions,<br />

strain degree, chemical composition, initial state and pressure are considered. The role of phase transformations<br />

for additional grain refinement, namely, martensitic transformation, precipitation of carbide particles during<br />

SPD and heating is underlined.<br />

Key words: nano- and submicrocrystalline structure, severe plastic deformation (SPD), equal channel angular<br />

pressing (ECAP), steels<br />

Nanostrukture dobivene intenzivnom plastičnom deformacijom: postignuća i poteškoće. Cilj članka je<br />

razmatranje karakteristika razvitka strukture čelika uslijed intenzivne plastične deformacije (IPD) i utjecaj na<br />

mehanička svojstva. Istraživanja su se uglavnom odvijala na niskougljičnim i austenitnim korozivno otpornim<br />

čeilcima poslije IPD-a, primjenom visokog tlaka i torziranja (VTT), te kutno kanalnog prešanja (KKP). Tvorba<br />

strukture zavisi od temperaturno deformacijskoh uvjeta, stupnja deformcije, kemijskog sastava, izvornog<br />

stanja i tlaka prešanja. Ističe se uloga faznih preobražaja za dopunsku izmjenu strukture, posebice, martenzini<br />

preobražaj, izlučivanje karbidnih čestica tijekom IPD-a i naknadnog žarenja.<br />

Ključne riječi: nano- i submikrokristalna struktura, intenzivna plastična deformacija (IPD), kutno kanalno prešanje<br />

(KKP), čelici<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

At present, a great attention is paid to the processes of<br />

severe plastic deformation (SPD) due to the opportunity<br />

of the formation of nano (grain size less then 100 nm)-<br />

and submicrocrystalline (grain size-between 100 nm and<br />

1000 nm) structures upon deformation [1, 2]. This method<br />

consists in severe deformation at relative low temperatures<br />

(below (0,3 - 0,4) Tm) under high applied pressures and<br />

provides bulk porous-free nano- and submicrocrystalline<br />

metals and alloys [2]. Conventional deformation methods,<br />

such as rolling, drawing, pressing, etc., reduce the<br />

cross-sectional area of a billet and do not allow one to<br />

obtain a high strain and grain refinement. nontraditional<br />

methods, such as torsion under high hydrostatic pressure,<br />

equal-channel angular pressing, multiaxial deformation,<br />

alternating bending, accumulative roll bonding, twist<br />

extrusion, and so on, allow one to deform a billet without<br />

changing the cross-sectional area and to reach desirable<br />

high strain and grain refinement. Structures obtained during<br />

SPD have specific features: small size of grains down<br />

to nanolevel, low density of free dislocations, high angle<br />

misorientation of these grains, and high energy and nonequilibrium<br />

state of grain boundaries [2]. These structures<br />

lead to changes in physical and mechanical properties: a<br />

significant increase in the strength at good ductility, an<br />

increase in the wear resistance, and high-speed and lowtemperature<br />

superplasticity [2].<br />

Most works are related to the SPD of pure metals and<br />

rather plastic alloys. The use of SPD for commercial steels<br />

has been poorly studied. Moreover, now it is difficult to<br />

widely apply severe plastic deformation in industry. nevertheless,<br />

it is important to study the limiting structural<br />

states of commercial steels and a combination of their<br />

mechanical and service properties.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321 313


S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />

The purpose of this paper is to consider the features of<br />

structure formation during SPD and mechanical properties<br />

of austenitic stainless and low-carbon steels.<br />

FACTORS AFFECTING<br />

ThE STRUCTURE FORMATION DURING SPD<br />

Temperature<br />

It is well known that hot deformation can cause grain<br />

refinement due to the occurrence of dynamic recrystallization.<br />

the lower is the temperature, the finer are the grains,<br />

but, at the same time, the higher is the degree of deformation<br />

required for the beginning of dynamic recrystallization<br />

(Figure 1.). It would seem that the smallest grain size can be<br />

obtained at room temperature, but this requires the degree of<br />

deformation, which cannot be realized upon conventional<br />

deformation schemes such as rolling, extrusion, forging,<br />

etc. In reality, the grained structure with high-angle grain<br />

boundaries was obtained at room temperature by using<br />

methods of severe plastic deformation such as torsion under<br />

high hydrostatic pressure (HPT) and equal-channel angular<br />

(ECA) pressing. However, the formation of high-angle<br />

boundaries, i.e., the process of recrystallization is thermally<br />

activated and requires elevated temperatures. now it is already<br />

well established that room-temperature SPD under the<br />

high pressure cause the occurrence of diffusion-controlled<br />

dislocations climb processes [3]. Just these processes are<br />

responsible for the formation of new grains. Is this process<br />

a dynamic recrystallization? In our opinion - yes, it is, since,<br />

the new grains appear in the deformed matrix, they belong to<br />

314<br />

the matrix phase, but are substantially more perfect and are<br />

separated from other grains by high-angle boundaries [4].<br />

Thus, lowering the SPD temperature to room temperature,<br />

we can refine the grain structure to the nanosize scale.<br />

Degree of strain<br />

It is conventionally assumed that the formation of predominantly<br />

nanocrystalline structure upon SPD at lowered<br />

temperature corresponds to the steady-stage portion in the<br />

graph of the dependence of microhardness on the degree of<br />

strain, i.e., to a true degree of strain ε ≈ 5 - 7 [2]. However,<br />

one should take into account that the degree of strain, which<br />

causes the formation of new grains with high-angle boundaries,<br />

depends on the stacking fault energy and the degree of alloying<br />

of the material. The required degree of strain increases<br />

with decreasing stacking fault energy and increasing degree<br />

of alloying. For example, the formation of submicrocrystalline<br />

structure upon high-pressure torsion (HPT) in Armco<br />

iron begins earlier than in the ferritic steel 0,08 % S - 18 %<br />

Cr - 1,0 % Ti with the same bcc lattice[5].<br />

Strain rate<br />

An increase in the strain rate leads to the grain refinement.<br />

However, it is unreasonable to increase the strain<br />

rate in the case of SPD at room temperature. First, upon<br />

cold deformation, unlike hot deformation, an increase in<br />

strain rate insignificantly decreases grain size. Second,<br />

an increase in strain rate causes the formation of surface<br />

cracks and the premature failure of the sample, especially<br />

upon ECA pressing, because of the contact of the sample<br />

with the internal right angle of the die.<br />

Chemical composition<br />

nanostructure formation depends on chemical composition.<br />

During severe deformation at room temperature, the<br />

alloying facilitates grain refinement by slowing down the<br />

diffusion (under high pressure, an appreciable diffusion<br />

takes place even at room temperature [3]), by reducing the<br />

stacking fault energy, as well as by the necessity to apply<br />

higher deforming stresses.<br />

For example, after SPD by torsion under high pressure<br />

at room temperature the grain size in Armco-iron is ~ 200<br />

nm just as in ferritic stainless 18 % Cr - Ti steel - ~ 150<br />

nm [5]. Changes of chemical composition could initiate<br />

phase transformations and change the structure.<br />

Initial state<br />

It is shown that the metastable non-equilibrium initial<br />

state (metastable austenite, quenched oversaturated solid<br />

solution…) results in most grain refinement during SPD<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321


S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />

at the expense of phase transformations (martensitic transformations,<br />

precipitation and dissolution of carbides…)<br />

and often helps to achieve the nanoscale grain size level<br />

[6]. Austenitic stainless Cr-ni steel undergoes martensitic<br />

transformation during SPD at room temperature [5 - 7].<br />

Martensitic transformation leads to additional grain refinement<br />

and dual phase austenitic - martensitic nanocrystalline<br />

structure exhibits higher thermal stability because the<br />

grain growth of one phase constituent is suppressed by the<br />

other constituent, and vice versa.<br />

Severe deformation of an oversaturated solid solution<br />

can induce its decomposition in course of deformation.<br />

Decomposition of the solid solution can also be initiated<br />

before and after severe deformation. The second phase<br />

particles that have precipitated during heat treatment inhibit<br />

grain growth. Severe low temperature deformation<br />

can lead to dissolution of the precipitates simultaneously<br />

with the formation of nanostructure. The possibility for dis-<br />

solving cementite Fe 3 C particles was demonstrated in cold<br />

rolling of carbon steels with high reductions [8]. Recently,<br />

it was shown the dissolution of carbides in quenched low<br />

carbon 0,2 % C-Mn-b steel [9], and complete dissolution<br />

of cementite Fe 3 C in high carbon 1,2 % C steel [10]. Subsequent<br />

reheating can then result in re-precipitation of the<br />

disperse particles and in stabilization of nanostructure. It<br />

should be noted that the dissolution of the second phase<br />

particles and their ability to stabilize the structure depends<br />

on the size and volume fraction of precipitates.<br />

Pressure<br />

Structure and, correspondingly, strengthening depends<br />

on the pressure applied upon SPD. For example, for the<br />

low-carbon 0,1 % C-Mn-Si steel, just as for the highcarbon<br />

0,8 % C - 6 % W - 5 % Mo steel, an increase in<br />

pressure from 6 to 10 GPa upon room-temperature HPT<br />

leads to a significant strengthening (Figure 2.). Moreover,<br />

for the initially quenched state, the strengthening and the<br />

structure refinement are higher than those observed for the<br />

initially annealed structure.<br />

STRUCTURE AND<br />

PROPERTIES OF STEELS AFTER SPD<br />

Austenitic stainless steels<br />

Different structures can be obtained, depending on<br />

experimental scheme. The limiting structural states are<br />

generally realized upon high-pressure torsion (HPT) since,<br />

in this case, the applied pressure (up to 10 GPa) allows one<br />

to reach a high strain degree [4]. An equal channel angular<br />

pressing (ECAP) as one of the most advantageous SPD<br />

methods allows to prepare nano- and submicrocrystalline<br />

samples as large as of 20 - 40 mm in diameter and 100 - 150<br />

mm in length [2, 11, 12]. The pieces of such size can be<br />

widely used for medical tools and implants; in particular,<br />

they are already tested for titanium [2].<br />

room-temperature deformation of 0,08 % С - 18,3 %<br />

Cr - 9,8 % ni - 0,6 % Ti austenitic steel by high-pressure<br />

torsion (HPT, P = 6 GPa) on the samples of 10 mm in<br />

diameter and 1 mm in thickness leads to the formation of<br />

separated structure elements with high-angle boundaries<br />

already at e = 4,3 (1 revolution) [5, 7]. As a whole, the<br />

oriented structure, which is formed at the initial stages, is<br />

transformed into a rather equiaxed structure upon further<br />

deformation. An average size of structural elements is<br />

about of 50 nm in the 0,08 % С - 18,3 % Cr - 9,8 % ni<br />

- 0,6 % Ti steel after deformation by HPT to e = 5.8 (5<br />

revolutions) (Figure 3.). The character of the selected area<br />

electron-diffraction (SAED) pattern generally indicates a<br />

high-angle misorientation at the boundaries. Therefore, we<br />

can define the obtained structure as nanocrystalline.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321 315


S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />

316<br />

Severe plastic deformation induces a martensitic transformation<br />

in austenitic steels [5 - 7]. The martensite content<br />

in the 0,08 % С - 18,3 % Cr - 9,8 % ni - 0,6 % ti steel<br />

sample was 50 % already at е = 4.3 (1 revolution) and ~<br />

60 % at е = 5,8 (5 revolutions) (Figure 4.) [5]. not only γ<br />

→ α, but also γ →ε → α transformation was revealed. The<br />

X-ray diffraction data on the volume fraction of martensite<br />

were obtained without taking into account for texture [5,<br />

6]. As we determined the martensite content with allowance<br />

for texture formed upon deformation by torsion [7],<br />

the same samples after е = 5,8 (5 revolutions) revealed 80<br />

% rather than 60 % martensite shown earlier [5]. In general,<br />

we note that the difference in the martensite contents in<br />

austenitic steels subjected to SPD is caused not only by<br />

the deformation scheme and applied pressure, but also, to<br />

the greater extent, by the technique of the determination<br />

of the α - phase content.<br />

In any case, SPD leads to the formation of a two-phase<br />

austenitic-martensitic structure, which should increase<br />

the thermal stability of the obtained nanocrystalline steel.<br />

upon heating of the nanocrystalline 0,08 % С - 18,3 % Cr<br />

- 9,8 % ni - 0,6 % Ti steel after SPD by HPT, the initial<br />

grain size of 50 nm remains virtually unchanged up to a<br />

temperature of 400 °C. The grain size slightly increases<br />

(to 250 nm) at 500 °C and begins to intensely grow at<br />

temperatures above 600 °C (Figure 3.) [7].<br />

This corresponds to the changes in the volume fractions<br />

of phase constituents upon heating [7]. The martensite fraction<br />

begins to decrease upon heating above 400 °C. After<br />

heating to 550 °C, the phase composition corresponds to a<br />

ratio 50%:50%. This still suppresses an intense grain growth,<br />

which begins at 600 °C, when the austenite content is ~ 80<br />

%. Upon heating of the nanocrystalline steel to 600 °C, the<br />

grain size is retained in a submicrocrystalline range, remain-<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321


S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />

ing below 1 µm. After heating to 800 °C, the grain size was<br />

determined by metallographic examination to be ~ 7 µm.<br />

To determine the mechanical characteristics after SPD,<br />

the massive samples were subjected to room-temperature<br />

deformation by ECA pressing, since the samples deformed<br />

by HPT are not suitable for standard mechanical tests.<br />

An opportunity to deform a sample in the ECAP die<br />

without failure is generally determined by the construction<br />

of this die, which is characterized by a decreased friction in<br />

the input channel and a back pressure in the output channel.<br />

The die used in [7] allowed to deform a sample of 0,07 %<br />

С - 17,3 % Cr - 9,2 % ni - 0,7 % ti austenitic steel of 20<br />

mm in diameter and 80 mm in length for four passes, i.e.<br />

n = 4 (one pass at an angle of 90° between channels and<br />

three passes at an angle of 120°), to a true deformation е<br />

= 3,2 at room temperature.<br />

The limiting deformation achieved by ECA pressing of<br />

0,07 % С - 17,3 % Cr - 9,2 % ni - 0,7 % ti steel is much<br />

lower than that achievable by HPT. For this reason, we<br />

failed to obtain an equiaxed structure after ECA pressing.<br />

oriented structure consisting of elements of 100 - 250 nm<br />

in size (a distance between subgrain or grain boundaries)<br />

and separated equiaxed grains of the same size were<br />

observed. Such oriented structure elements are presented<br />

by shear and deformation bands, twins, martensitic plates,<br />

and oriented subgrains (cells) [13]. it is difficult to resolve<br />

the structure type in such a fine structure. the oriented<br />

structures frequently cross one another at an angle. The<br />

nucleation of equiaxed grains can occur also through the<br />

cellular structure. With increasing strain degree, the fraction<br />

of the grained structure increases, but even at n = 4<br />

(е = 3,2), the structure remains far from perfection.<br />

Unlike HPT, ECA pressing under the used conditions<br />

induces a weak martensitic transformation, which becomes<br />

more active only at N = 4, leading to the formation of 45<br />

% martensite [7].<br />

Even the imperfect and oriented submicrocrystalline<br />

structure of 0,07 % С - 17,3 % Cr - 9,2 % ni - 0,7 % ti<br />

steel after ECAP provides a good combination of mechanical<br />

properties. Already at n = 2, the yield strength is 990<br />

MPa at an elongation of 13 % (Table 1.) [7]. The further<br />

deformation up to n = 4 monotonously increases the yield<br />

strength up to 1315 MPa at A = 11 %. To obtain a perfect<br />

nano- or submicrocrystalline structure, one should either<br />

increase the degree of deformation, or heat the obtained<br />

structure. High degree of the achievable deformation and<br />

a high pressure used in [14] resulted in a more perfect<br />

grained structure with a grain size of ~ 100 nm and, correspondingly,<br />

a higher plasticity (A = 27,5 %) at a somewhat<br />

higher strength (R e = 1340 MPa).<br />

Low carbon steels<br />

Cold ECA pressing<br />

A submicrocrystalline structure in bulk billets of low<br />

carbon steels can be produced by equal-channel angular<br />

pressing (ECAP) at reduced deformation temperatures.<br />

However, the lower the deformation temperature, the higher<br />

the deformation required for the formation of high-angle<br />

boundaries, i.e., new grains [15]. The maximum achievable<br />

deformation without failure of a sample upon ECAP<br />

depends substantially on the equipment used, a decrease in<br />

the friction in the channels, and the backpressure [11, 12].<br />

Upon cold ECAP, low-carbon steels can only be subjected<br />

to two or three deformation cycles at the most efficient<br />

angle of channel intersection (90°) without the failure of a<br />

sample, which is insufficient to produce a developed grain<br />

structure [16, 17]. The structure produced consists of cellular<br />

and subgrain regions with a high dislocation density and a<br />

small number of individual submicron grains.<br />

Low carbon 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V - 0,08 %<br />

Ti steel in two initial states: the ferritic-pearlitic state after<br />

hot rolling and the martensitic (bainitic) state produced by<br />

quenching from 925 °C (30 min.) was studied [18]. ECAP<br />

was performed at a channel intersection angle of 90° on<br />

samples 5 mm in diameter and 30 mm in length in two<br />

cycles (n = 2) at room temperature for the initially ferriticpearlitic<br />

state and at n = 2 and T def = 400 °C for the initially<br />

martensitic state, which corresponded to the maximum<br />

possible cold deformation without failure of a sample.<br />

The cold ECAP of the hot rolled and quenched samples<br />

of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V - 0,08 % Ti steel at n<br />

= 2 results in a cellular and subgrain structure (Figures 5.a,<br />

d). There are also areas with both an oriented structure and<br />

equiaxed structural elements, which contain separate grains<br />

with high-angle boundaries. After ECAP of this steel with<br />

the initially ferritic-pearlitic structure the spheroidization of<br />

the cementite plates was observed. The size of the structural<br />

elements is 150 - 350 nm. The fact that the structural elements<br />

in the quenched deformed samples are significantly<br />

smaller than in the hot rolled deformed samples can be<br />

due to an initially higher dislocation density in them. After<br />

10-min heating of the deformed quenched sample at 600<br />

°C, its structure becomes mixed: the partly polygonized<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321 317


S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />

(subgrain) structure has low-angle boundaries, whereas<br />

the partly submicrocrystalline structure has high-angle<br />

grain boundaries (Figure 5.e). The fact that the boundaries<br />

are high-angle is indicated by the characteristic fringe<br />

contrast at the grain boundaries, which is observed upon<br />

an electron-microscopic examination, and the appearance<br />

of individual reflections in diffraction rings. the structures<br />

are mainly oriented. Equiaxed grains and subgrains are, as<br />

a rule, formed inside oriented subgrains. As the temperature<br />

of heating of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V - 0,08 %<br />

Ti steel with the initially quenched structure after ECAP<br />

increases from 600 to 700 °C, the structure becomes not so<br />

oriented and the fraction of grains and their sizes increase<br />

(Figure 5.f). The size of the structural elements increases,<br />

on average, from ~ 0,2 to ~ 0,3µm. The regions with the<br />

oriented structure are retained in a totally equiaxed structure<br />

after heating at 700 °C. Heating after ECAP of the 0,1 %<br />

C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V - 0,08 % Ti steel with the initially<br />

ferritic-pearlitic structure at 600 °C leads to the formation<br />

of an inhomogeneous structure (Figure 5.b). This structure<br />

is mainly oriented and polygonized and has individual<br />

equiaxed grains and subgrains. Areas with a cellular structure<br />

having a high dislocation density are also retained.<br />

Heating of the hot rolled samples after ECAP at 700 °C<br />

results in a grain structure with a grain size of 6 - 12 µm<br />

(Figure 5.c). Unlike heating of the deformed samples with<br />

318<br />

ferritic-pearlitic structure of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1<br />

% V - 0,08 % Ti steel at 700 °C, the formation and retention<br />

of the submicrocrystalline structure with a grain size of ~<br />

300 nm upon heating of the quenched samples of this steel<br />

at 700 °C after ECAP can be explained by (1) the higher<br />

homogeneity of the initial martensite (bainite) structure, (2)<br />

the higher initial dislocation density, and (3) the precipitation<br />

of fine uniformly distributed carbides upon heating.<br />

After two ECAP cycles, the strength properties of the<br />

0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V - 0,08 % Ti steel increase.<br />

Specifically, the yield strength is almost doubled: it increases<br />

from 510 to 1000 MPa for the initially hot rolled samples<br />

and from 600 to 1110 MPa for the initially quenched samples<br />

(Table 2.) [18]. Under these conditions, the ductility A tot<br />

changes only slightly for the initially hot rolled samples<br />

and decreases for the initially quenched samples, which is<br />

likely due to a significant increase in the dislocation density.<br />

In the case of the initially hot rolled samples, a decrease in<br />

the A tot induced by an increase in the dislocation density is<br />

likely to be compensated for by an increase in A because<br />

of the fragmentation and spheroidization of carbides in<br />

the pearlite. Upon heating of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1<br />

% V - 0,08 % Ti steel after ECAP, the strength properties<br />

decrease but in different ways: for the hot rolled samples,<br />

R e decreases by 22 and 42 % upon heating at 600 and 700<br />

°C, respectively, and by 10 and 27 % for the quenched<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321


S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />

samples upon heating at the same temperatures, respectively.<br />

The R e of the quenched sample of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn<br />

- 0,1 % V - 0,08 % Ti steel after ECAP, even upon heating<br />

at 600 °C, retains its high value (R e = 1015 MPa) at the<br />

ductility characteristics A tot = 28 % and Z = 40 %. The total<br />

elongation upon heating of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1<br />

% V - 0,08 % Ti steel after ECAP increases to A tot < 30 %,<br />

except for heating of the hot rolled sample at 700 °C, when<br />

a completely grain structure with a grain size of 6 - 12 µm<br />

provides A tot = 39 %. It should be noted that the values of<br />

uniform elongation A uni are high for the initially quenched<br />

samples after ECAP followed by heating and that those<br />

for the initially hot rolled samples are low. The strength<br />

properties R m and R e are substantially higher in the initially<br />

hot rolled samples of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V<br />

- 0,08 % Ti steel after room-temperature ECAP. From the<br />

standpoint of the grain-subgrain structure, we would expect<br />

the best combination of strength and ductility for the 0,1 %<br />

C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V - 0,08 % Ti steel in the initially hot<br />

rolled samples after ECAP followed by heating at 600 °C<br />

and in the initially quenched samples after ECAP and heating<br />

at 700 °C. In real practice, this combination is reached<br />

immediately after ECAP in the former case and after ECAP<br />

followed by heating at 600 °C in the latter case. Probably,<br />

apart from the grain-subgrain perfection and the dislocation<br />

density, the state of the carbides in the steel also substantially<br />

affects the set of mechanical properties.<br />

Warm ECA pressing<br />

Three low carbon 0,17 % C-, 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn<br />

- 0,78 % Si - 0,16 % V- and 0,23 % C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 %<br />

Si-steels were studied after warm ECA pressing [19]. The<br />

0,17 % C-steel was subjected to ECAP in the hot-rolled<br />

state, whereas the 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn - 0,78 % Si - 0,16<br />

% V- and 0,23 % C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 % Si-steels were<br />

previously annealed at 950 °C for 30 min and subsequently<br />

cooled in a furnace. In all cases, the steels had a ferriticpearlitic<br />

structure. Warm ECAP of 0,17 % C-steel was<br />

performed at 500 °C, whereas the 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn<br />

-0,78 % Si - 0,16 % V- and 0,23 % C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75<br />

% Si-steels were pressed at 550 °C. The angle of intersection<br />

of the two channels was equal to φ=90°. Samples 20<br />

mm in diameter and 120 mm in length were subjected to<br />

four passes n = 4; the angle of rotation of the samples<br />

about the longitudinal axis between each pass was equal<br />

to 180° (Route C). These conditions provide alternating<br />

strain. Four passes under these conditions correspond to<br />

the maximum strain before failure.<br />

Using optical microscopy it is impossible to reveal<br />

a substructure in the strained elongated ferritic grains<br />

formed in the 0,17 % C-steel samples during warm ECAP<br />

at four passes. Electron microscopic study allowed to find<br />

both ferrite subgrains, which are formed within ferrite<br />

grains and are separated by low-angle boundaries, and a<br />

submicrocrystalline structure characterized by high-angle<br />

grain boundaries (Figure 6.a). The substructure formed<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321 319


S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />

upon dynamic recovery is represented by two different<br />

structures, namely, oriented and relatively equiaxed<br />

structures. The submicrocrystalline structure is formed<br />

within both ferrite grains and pearlite colonies. In both<br />

cases, the sequence of formation of submicron grains is<br />

the same. Within both oriented ferrite subgrains and ferrite<br />

grains that are present between the cementite plates<br />

of pearlite colonies, transverse subboundaries are formed<br />

at the expense of lattice dislocations. Upon subsequent<br />

deformation, square or parallelogram subgrains become<br />

rounded; the subgrain boundary angle increases. Finally,<br />

the process of increasing the subgrain boundary angle is<br />

completed by the formation of submicron grains (less than<br />

1 µm in size). Within the pearlitic colonies, this process is<br />

accompanied by the fragmentation and spheroidization of<br />

cementite plates. The sizes of the grains formed in ferrite<br />

and pearlite are different and determined by the distance<br />

between oriented subboundaries in the ferrite (0,3 - 0,4<br />

µm) and the distance between cementite plates (0,1 - 0,2<br />

µm) in the pearlite colonies, respectively. The average<br />

size of structural elements in the ferrite of the 0,17 %<br />

C-steel subjected to ECAP at T = 500 °C and n = 4 was<br />

measured in the cross section for both the submicrocrystalline<br />

structure and the substructure; it was found to be<br />

0,35 µm. the EbSD study confirmed the presence of two<br />

different structures with low- and high-angle grain boundaries<br />

that are formed within the initial elongated ferrite<br />

grains. It can be assumed that, under these conditions of<br />

ECAP, a completely submicrocrystalline structure can be<br />

formed after a larger number of passes. Using EbSD and<br />

TEM (Figures 6.b, c), a similar data for the samples of<br />

the low-alloy low-carbon 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn - 0,78<br />

% Si - 0,16 % V- and 0,23 % C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 % Sisteels<br />

subjected to warm ECAP at 550 °C and n = 4 was<br />

obtained: subgrain and grain structures characterized by<br />

structural elements 0,3 - 0,5 µm in size are formed. The<br />

steels differ in the fractions of low- and high-angle grain<br />

misorientations. All the samples have a mixed recovered<br />

+ submicrocrystalline structure.<br />

The partially submicrocrystalline structure leads to<br />

substantial hardening of the steels as is evidenced by the<br />

similar values of R e and R m (Table 3.) as well as the yield<br />

drop in the stress-strain curve for the 0,17 % C-steel [20].<br />

The yield strength of the 0,17 % C-steel (R e = 840 MPa)<br />

subjected to ECAP is higher than that of the hot-rolled<br />

steel by a factor of almost three; the samples exhibiting<br />

such high yield strength are characterized by rather large<br />

elongation (A = 10 %) [19, 20]. The low-carbon low-alloy<br />

0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn - 0,78 % Si - 0,16 % V- and 0,23 % C<br />

- 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 % Si-steels exhibit different hardening<br />

upon warm ECAP (Table 3.) [19]. Even at n = 2, the 0,23<br />

% C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 % Si-steel exhibits a high yield<br />

strength, which is virtually unchanged at n = 4. The 0,21<br />

% C - 0,89 % Mn - 0.78 % Si - 0,16 % V-steel exhibits a<br />

320<br />

substantial increase in yield strength at n = 4. The yield<br />

strength of the 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn - 0,78 % S i-0,16<br />

% V- steel subjected to warm ECAP is higher than that of<br />

the 0,23 % C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 % Si-steel and is equal<br />

to 1100 MPa. In this case, its ductility is equal to 8 - 10<br />

% (Table 3.). Unfortunately, the steels with the partially<br />

submicrocrystalline structure are characterized by a low<br />

impact toughness kCV at both +20 and –40 °C (Table 3.).<br />

It is likely that the low impact toughness of the steels can<br />

be due to both the mixed structure with a high density of<br />

dislocations in subgrains and the low size of structural<br />

elements, which specifies similar values of R e and R m .<br />

Hot ECA pressing<br />

The 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn - 0,78 % Si - 0,16 % V- and<br />

0,23 % C - 1,24 % Mn -0,75 % Si-steels were subjected to<br />

hot ECAP: T = 750 °C, n =4, ϕ = 90° and T = 750 °C, n =<br />

8, ϕ = 110°. The degree of deformation reached after four<br />

and eight passes, which was calculated using the shear-strain<br />

intensity and the Mises equivalent strain, was equal to ~ 4,6<br />

and ~ 6,5, respectively [19]. The calculations show that, if<br />

the angle between the two channels satisfies the inequality<br />

90° < ϕ < 120°, the average pressure and total force upon<br />

simple shear are lower than the corresponding parameters<br />

of the process of equivalent direct pressing by factors of<br />

two to three and 5 - 15, respectively [11]. The samples were<br />

heated to the deformation temperature and held for 30 min.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321


S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />

The equipment used for ECAP was heated to 500 - 550 °C.<br />

After each pass at 750 °C, the sample, whose surface was<br />

slightly cooled, was held in a furnace at 750 °C for 10 - 15<br />

min to level off the temperature. because of this, the total<br />

true strain was lower than the calculated value owing to<br />

static polygonization and possible recrystallization upon<br />

holding in the furnace between passes.<br />

Thus, hot ECAP was performed at 750 °C using two<br />

tools with the angles of intersection of two channels ϕ =<br />

110° (n = 8) and ϕ = 90° (n = 4). In the former case, it was<br />

produced a mixed structure consisting of recrystallized 0,3<br />

- 6 µm grains and ~ 0,5 µm subgrains, which was confirmed<br />

by both TEM and EbSD analysis. The structure formed in<br />

the 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn - 0,78 % Si - 0,16 % V- and 0,23<br />

% C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 % Si-steels steels after hot ECAP<br />

at ϕ = 110° provides their hardening to R e > 800 MPa at an<br />

elongation A = 10 - 15 %. Moreover, the samples exhibit<br />

a rather high impact toughness at +20 and –40 °C (Table<br />

3.). Upon hot ECAP at ϕ = 90° (n = 4), a polygonized<br />

structure is predominantly formed, thus providing higher<br />

hardening; the steel exhibits R e = 905 MPa and A = 13 %<br />

at a high impact toughness (Table 3.). It is known that the<br />

degree of deformation that is needed for dynamic recrystallization<br />

decreases with increasing deformation temperature.<br />

Therefore, a completely recrystallized grain structure can be<br />

expected to form at a very high degree of deformation; it is<br />

calculated to be ε = 4,6 at ϕ = 90° and ε = 6,5 at ϕ = 110°.<br />

It is likely that the calculated degree of deformation does<br />

not correspond to the real degree of deformation because<br />

of static polygonization and, possibly, recrystallization that<br />

occur upon heating between ECAP passes. Thus, we failed<br />

to produce a uniform submicrocrystalline structure with a<br />

grain size of less than 1 µm by hot ECAP. However, the<br />

formation of a predominantly subgrain structure allowed us<br />

to substantially increase the impact toughness (at +20 and<br />

–40 °C) of the steels (as compared to the steels after warm<br />

ECAP) at high retained hardening (Table 3.).<br />

CONCLUSIONS<br />

Severe plastic deformation (SPD) of steels results<br />

in grain refinement down to nanoscale. Structure is<br />

characterized by low density of internal dislocation and<br />

non-equilibrium state of grain boundaries. Such structure<br />

leads to high strength and sufficient ductility. bulk nano-<br />

and submicrocrystalline steels in equilibrium state could<br />

be obtained by SPD and subsequent heating. A wide application<br />

of bulk nanomaterials is thought to be limited<br />

by the following causes: the whole set of mechanical and<br />

service properties, including fracture toughness, impact<br />

toughness, fatigue strength, corrosion resistance, etc., are<br />

poorly known; the sizes of prepared billets are relatively<br />

small; the production cost is high; there are no industrial<br />

technologies for producing massive products with a homogeneous<br />

structure.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

[1] T. C. Lowe, R. Z. Valiev (Eds): Investigations and Applications<br />

of Severe Plastic Deformation, kluwer Academic Publishing,<br />

Dordrecht, The netherlands, 2000, p. 395.<br />

[2] R. Z. Valiev, I. V. Alexandrov: nanostructured Materials obtained<br />

by Severe Plastic Deformation, Logos, Moscow, 2000, p. 272 (in<br />

Russian).<br />

[3] V. M. Farber, MiToM (2002) 8, 3 - 9 (in Russian).<br />

[4] S. S. Gorelik, S. V. Dobatkin and L. M. kaputkina: Recrystallization<br />

of Metals and Alloys, MISIS, Moscow, 2005, p. 432 (in<br />

Russian).<br />

[5] S. V. Dobatkin, R. Z. Valiev, L. M. kaputkina et al. Proceedings,<br />

Forth International Conference on Recrystallization and Related<br />

Phenomena (REX’99), Tsukuba City, Japan, 1999, T. Sakai, H.<br />

G.Suzuki (ed.) JIM (1999) 13, 907 - 912.<br />

[6] S. V. Dobatkin: Ultrafine Grained Materials II; Y.T.Zhu,<br />

T.G.Langdon, R.S.Mishra, S. L. Semiatin, M. J. Saran and T. C.<br />

Lowe (ed.), TMS (The Minerals, Metals & Materials Society) 2002,<br />

183 - 192.<br />

[7] o. V. Rybal’chenko, S. V. Dobatkin, L. M. kaputkina et al., Mat.<br />

Sci. Eng. A387-389 (2004), 244 - 248.<br />

[8] V. n. Gridnev, V. G. Gavrilyuk, Metallofizika 4 (1982) 3, 74 - 87<br />

(in Russian).<br />

[9] M. V. Degtyarev, T. I. Chashchukhina, L. M. Voronova et al, Fiz.<br />

Met. Metalloved. 77 (1994) 2, 141 - 146 (in Russian).<br />

[10] A. V. korznikov, Yu. V. Ivanisenko, I. M. Safarov, et al., Metally<br />

(1994) 1, 91 - 97 (in Russian).<br />

[11] V. M. Segal, V. I. Reznikov, V. I. kopylov, et al., Structure Formation<br />

in Metals, nauka i Tekhnika, Minsk, 1994, p. 232 (in Russian).<br />

[12] V. Segal, Mater, Sci. Eng. 338A (2002), 331 - 344.<br />

[13] A. M. Patselov, V. P. Pilyugin, E. G. Chernyshov et al.: Structure<br />

and Properties of nanocrystalline Materials, n. noskova, G. Taluts<br />

(ed.), Ekaterinburg 1999, 37 - 44 (in Russian).<br />

[14] I. I. kositsyna, V. V. Sagaradze, V. I. kopylov, FMM 88 (1999) 5,<br />

84 - 94 (in Russian).<br />

[15] S. V. Dobatkin: Investigations and Applications of Severe Plastic<br />

Deformation, T. C. Lowe, R. Z. Valiev (ed.), nATo Science Series,<br />

kluwer Academic Publishers, netherlands, 2000, 13 - 22.<br />

[16] Y. Fukuda, k. oh-ishi, Z. Horita, T. Langdon, Acta Mater. 50<br />

(2002), 1359 - 1368.<br />

[17] J. kim, I. kim, and D. H. Shin, Scr. Mater. 45 (2001), 421 - 426.<br />

[18] S. M. L. Sastry, S. V. Dobatkin, S. V. Sidorova, Metally (2004) 2,<br />

28 - 35 (in Russian).<br />

[19] S. V. Dobatkin, P. D. odesskii, R. Pippan, et al., Metally (2004) 1,<br />

110 - 119 (in Russian).<br />

[20] S. V. Dobatkin, R. Z. Valiev, n. A. krasilnikov and V.n. konenkova,<br />

Proceedings, Forth International Conference on Recrystallization<br />

and Related Phenomena (REX’99), Tsukuba City, Japan, 1999, T.<br />

Sakai, H. G. Suzuki (ed.), JIM (1999) 13, 913 - 918.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321 321


Časopis Metalurgija objavljuje članke iz područja metalurgije<br />

i srodnih područja (fizike, kemije, kemijskog inženjerstva,<br />

strojarstva, zaštite okoliša i dr.) ako su zanimljivi sa stanovišta<br />

metalurgije.<br />

Članak treba biti napisan i pripremljen u skladu s prema slijedećim<br />

naputcima:<br />

- članak mora biti neobjavljen te uredno pripremljen za tisak,<br />

- članci se tiskaju latinicom, na hrvatskom (=163.42), engleskom<br />

(=111) ili njemačkom jeziku (=111.2). Radovi moraju biti<br />

napisani na standardnom književnom jeziku,<br />

- članci se pišu na računalu, s jedne strane papira formata A4 (30<br />

do 32 retka s približno 60 slovnih mjesta po retku). Tekst treba<br />

biti pisan u Wordu slovima Times New Roman veličine znakova<br />

12. Opseg članka ograničen je na 10 stranica (do približno<br />

18 000 slovnih mjesta) uključujući slikovne materijale i<br />

tablice. To iznosi maksimalno 4 stranice u časopisu i autori su<br />

strogo dužni o tome voditi računa. Samo iznimno uredništvo<br />

može prihvatiti i nešto opsežnije rukopise,<br />

- članke treba pisati u trećem licu, pridržavajući se zakonskih<br />

standarda i INDOK propisa. Autori su obvezni pisati metrološki<br />

korektno koristeći odgovarajuće nazivlje Obvezna je<br />

primjena SI jedinica. Popis upotrebljenih simbola i skraćenica<br />

potrebno je odvojeno priložiti s nazivima i koherentnim SI<br />

jedinicama,<br />

- dijagrami trebaju biti izrađeni pomoću nekog programskog<br />

paketa, najpoželjnije u Corel Draw. Veličina opisnog znakovlja<br />

treba biti tako odabrana da nakon umanjenja slike na 8 cm svako<br />

veliko latinično slovo bude visoko 2 mm. Dijagrami i tablice<br />

te opisi slika i tablica na hrvatskom i engleskom (njemačkom)<br />

jeziku šalju se na posebnim stranicama i odvojeni od teksta,<br />

- simboli fizičkih veličina pišu se kosim velikim i malim<br />

slovima, a jedinice uspravnim slovima,<br />

- naslov i sažetak do najviše 110 riječi, te ključne riječi (najviše<br />

5) na hrvatskom i engleskom (njemačkom) jeziku i<br />

UDK broj trebaju biti odvojeno priloženi. Za autore izvan<br />

Hrvatske prijevod naslova, sažetka, ključnih riječi te opisa<br />

slika i tablica na hrvatski jezik sačinit će uredništvo,<br />

- literaturu je potrebno numerirati prema redoslijedu pojavljivanja<br />

u članku, a njen broj unijeti u tekst na odgovarajućem<br />

mjestu u uglatoj zagradi. Citira se prema slijedećim uputama<br />

i primjerima:<br />

- knjiga: inicijali imena i prezime svih autora, naslov knjige,<br />

izdavač, mjesto izdavanja, godina izdavanja, stranice<br />

od-do s naznakom”str..”. Primjer: F. Habashi, A Textbook<br />

of Hydrometallurgy, Metallurgy Extractive Quebec,<br />

Quebec, 1993, str. 341-367 i 412,<br />

- članak u časopisu: inicijali imena i prezime autora, naslov<br />

časopisa, volumen (masno), godina izdanja (u okrugloj<br />

zagradi), broj (ako je kontinuirana paginacija nije obvezatno),<br />

stranica od-do. Primjer: G. G. Schlomchak, I. Mamuzić,<br />

F. Vodopivec, Materials Science and Technology, 11<br />

(1995) 3, 312-316,<br />

- članak u knjizi, enciklopediji, leksikonu: inicijali imena<br />

i prezime autora, naslov članka, naslov knjige, inicijali<br />

imena i prezime urednika (uz naznaku “ured” u okrugloj<br />

zagradi), svezak uz naznaku “sv.”, izdavač, mjesto izdavanja,<br />

godina izdavanja, stranice od-do s naznakom “str.”<br />

Primjeri: Du. Maljković, Da. Maljković, A. Paulin, Extraction<br />

of Chlorometallic Acids with Mixed Soilvents Ether,<br />

UPUTE AUTORIMA<br />

U svrhu daljnjeg poboljšanja razine i izgleda časopisa Metalurgija ranije upute autorima su nadopunjene, pa se autori<br />

umoljavaju da rukopise priprave prema novim uputama.<br />

- Alcohol u Solvent Extraction in the Process Industries,<br />

D. H. Logsdail, M. J. Slater (ured.), sv. 3, Elsevier Applied<br />

Science, London, 1993. str. 1361-1368 ili P. Matković,<br />

Tvrdi metali u Tehnička enciklopedija (D. Štefanović,<br />

ured.), sv. 13, Leksikografski zavod “Miroslav Krleža”,<br />

Zagreb, 1997, str. 278-282,<br />

- članak u zborniku radova skupa: inicijali imena i prezime<br />

autora u naslov zbornika (uključuje naziv zbornika<br />

i/ili naziv skupa uz naznaku “Zbornik” te mjesto i godinu<br />

održavanja ako su različiti od mjesta i godine izdavanja<br />

zbornika), inicijali imena i prezime urednika, ako je<br />

naveden naznakom “Ured.” u okrugloj zagradi, izdavač,<br />

mjesto izdavanja, godina izdavanja, stranice od-do s naznakom<br />

“str.”. Primjeri: F. Unkić u Zbornik, 34. livarsko<br />

posvetovanje s sodelovanjem držav heksagonale, Društvo<br />

livarjev Slovenije, Portorož, 1993, str. 213-223 ili<br />

G. M. Ritcey, Zbornik, International Solvent Extraction<br />

Conference, Barcelona , 1999, M. Cox, M. Hidalgo, M.<br />

Valiente (Ured.), sv. 1, Soc. Chem. Ind., London, 2001,<br />

str. 519-523,<br />

- patent: inicijali imena i prezime autora ili naziv pravne<br />

osobe vlasnika patenta, naslov patenta, zemlja patenta<br />

s brojem patenta ili prijave patenta, datum u okrugloj<br />

zagradi. Primjer: V. Logomerac, PELOFOS, Talijanski<br />

patent No. 764917 (15.05.1967.).<br />

Literatura se citira na jeziku na kojem je objavljena. Literatura<br />

objavljena na nelatiničnom pismu se prevodi na lati-nicu<br />

u skladu s uobičajenim pravilima.<br />

Časopis Metalurgija razvrstava radove u slijedeće kategorije:<br />

- izvorni znanstveni rad, u kojem se iznose rezultati istraživanja<br />

na takav način da ih se može ponoviti ili podvrgnuti jednoznačnoj<br />

provjeri,<br />

- prethodno priopćenje, u kojem se iznose dotad neobjavljeni<br />

izvorni rezultati još nedovršenih istraživanja ili najavljuje neka<br />

nova znanstvena spoznaja koja zahtijeva brzo objavljivanje,<br />

- pregledni rad, u kojem se iznosi originalan, kritički i sažet<br />

prikaz nekog područja ili njegovog dijela, u kojem autor i sam<br />

djeluje tako da je vidljiv njegov izvorni doprinos,<br />

- strukovni rad, u kojem se daje koristan prilog iz određene<br />

struke na osnovu vlastitog iskustva i primjene već poznatih<br />

rezultata istraživanja,<br />

- prikaz, u kojem se daje opis nekog znanstvenog ili stručnog<br />

događaja (održanog skupa, predstavljene knjige i sl.).<br />

Sve kategorije radova osim preglednog rada i prikaza trebaju<br />

sadržavati uobičajena poglavlja: Uvod (svrha rada i stanje dosadašnjih<br />

istraživanja), Eksperimentalni dio (metodika i tehnika<br />

rada), Rezultati i diskusija, Zaključci, Zahvala, Popis literature,<br />

Popis simbola, kratica, i akronima.<br />

Autor uz svoj rukopis daje i prijedlog kategorizacije te navodi<br />

izvorni doprinos članka. Konačnu odluku o kategorizaciji daju<br />

recenzenti. Rukopisi se ne vraćaju. Ukoliko je autor nezadovoljan<br />

kategorizacijom može opozvati svoj članak iz časopisa.<br />

Radovi koji nisu pripravljeni dosljedno u skladu s uputama<br />

neće biti razmatrani.<br />

Radovi se dostavljaju u dvije kopije, te u elektroničkoij verziji<br />

na CD-u, s naznakom adrese i elektroničke pošte autora za korespodenciju<br />

na adresu uredništva:<br />

10 000 Zagreb, Berislavićeva 6, Hrvatska (Croatia).


J. J. Zrník, ZRnIk I. et MAMuZIć, al.: REcEnT S. V. pRoGREss DobAtkInIn<br />

hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />

Issn 0543-5846<br />

METAbk 45 (4) 323-331 (2006)<br />

UDc - UDk 669.14.018.293:669.1.017:620.186.1:620.17=111<br />

Recent pRogRess in high stRength low caRbon steels<br />

J. Zrník, Comtes FHt, Ltd., Plzen, Czech republic, I. Mamuzić, Faculty<br />

of Metallurgy university of Zagreb, Sisak, Croatia, S. V. Dobatkin, A. A.<br />

baikov Institute of Metallurgy and Materials Science, russian Academy<br />

of sciences, Moscow, Russia<br />

Received - primljeno: 2005-10-13<br />

Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-04-20<br />

Review Paper - Pregledni rad<br />

Advanced High Strength (AHS) steels, among them especially Dual Phase (DP) steels, Transformation Induced<br />

Plasticity (TRIP) steels, Complex Phase (CP) steels, Partially Martensite (PM) steels, feature promising results in<br />

the field. Their extraordinary mechanical properties can be tailored and adjusted by alloying and processing. The<br />

introduction of steels with a microstructure consisting at least of two different components has led to the enlargement<br />

of the strength level without a deterioration of ductility. Furthermore, the development of ultra fine-grained<br />

AHS steels and their service performance are reviewed and new techniques are introduced. Various projects<br />

have been devoted to develop new materials for flat and long steel products for structural applications. The main<br />

stream line is High Strength, in order to match the weight lightening requirements that concern the whole class of<br />

load bearing structures and/or steel components and one of the most investigated topics is grain refinement.<br />

Key words: high strength steels, phases, microstructure, mechanical properties, formability<br />

Najnoviji napredak kod visokočvrstih niskougljičnih čelika. Progresivni visokočvrsti čelici (AHS), među<br />

njima osobito dvofazni čelici (DP), čelici s plastičnošću induciranom transformacijom (TRIP), čelici sa složenom<br />

fazom (CP), čelici s djelomičnim udjelom martenzita (PM), daju na tom polju obećavajuće rezultate. Njihova<br />

izvanredna mehanička svojstva mogu se programirati i prilagoditi legiranjem i obradom. Uvođenjem čelika čija<br />

se mikrostruktura sastoji od barem dvije različite komponente dovelo je do povećanja razine čvrstoće a da<br />

nije došlo do narušavanja kovkosti. Nadalje, daje se pregled razvoja ultra sitnozrnih progresivno visokočvrstih<br />

čelika i njihovih radnih karakteristika te se uvode nove tehnike. Razni projekti su imali zadatak da razviju nove<br />

materijale za pljosnate i duge čelične proizvode za konstrukcijsku primjenu. Glavna nakana je da se postigne<br />

visoka čvrstoća i tako zadovolje zahtjevi za smanjenjem težine koje se odnose na cijelu klasu opterećenih<br />

konstrukcija i/ili čeličnih komponenti, a jedan od najistraživanijih problema je sitnozrnost.<br />

Ključne riječi: visokočvrsti čelici, faze, mikrostruktura, mehanička svojstva, oblikovnost<br />

Development of ahss<br />

conventional high strength steels were manufactured<br />

by adding the alloying elements such as nb, ti, V, and/or<br />

p in low carbon or IF (interstitial free) steels. These steels<br />

can be manufactured under the relatively simple processing<br />

conditions and have widely been applied for weight reduction.<br />

however, as the demands for weight reduction are<br />

further increased, new families of high strength steel have<br />

been developed. These new steels grades include Dp (dual<br />

phase), trIP (transformation induced plasticity), Fb (ferrite-bainite),<br />

cp (complex phase) and TwIp (twin induced<br />

plasticity) steels. the critical parts of the manufacture of<br />

the steels is to control the processing conditions so that the<br />

microstructure and, hence, the strength-elongation balance<br />

could be optimized. Various high added value products<br />

are developed to satisfy increasing customer demands, as<br />

shown in Figure 1. [1 - 3].<br />

The terminus high strength steel (hss) is used for<br />

cold formable steels if the minimum yield strength of the<br />

respective steel grade is between 210 and 550 Mpa. If the<br />

minimum yield strength is higher than 550 MPa, these<br />

grades are called ultra-high strength steels (Uhss) [2]:<br />

min.R e hss 210 – 550 Mpa, R m > 550 Mpa<br />

numerous high strength steels have been developed in<br />

the last 25 years. the conventional mechanisms to increase<br />

the strengthening steel such as solid solution hardening or<br />

precipitation strengthening are accompanied by a noticeably<br />

inferior formability.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331 323


J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />

conventional high strength steels (hs) in order of<br />

increasing strength are listed in Table 1. together with<br />

advanced high strength steels (Ahs) and high manganese<br />

steels (hM). Ahs steels is a general term used to describe<br />

various families of steels.<br />

Ahs steels are multiphase<br />

which contain phases like<br />

martensite, bainite, and<br />

retained austenite in sufficient<br />

quantities to produce<br />

unique mechanical properties.<br />

The introduction of a<br />

new group of steels with<br />

microstructure consisting<br />

of at least two different<br />

components has led to an<br />

enlargement of the strength<br />

level without a deterioration<br />

of ductility.<br />

recently, new group of<br />

austenitic steels with high<br />

manganese contents has<br />

been developed for automotive<br />

use. These are high<br />

manganese steels (hMs)<br />

which combine and provide<br />

excellent combination of<br />

mechanical properties with<br />

an alloying concept less<br />

expensive than conventional<br />

or new high strength<br />

austenitic stainless steels.<br />

this group is divided into transformation induced plasticity<br />

steels (HMS-trIP) and twinning induced plasticity steels<br />

(hMs-TwIp) due to the characteristic phenomena occurring<br />

during plastic deformation.<br />

the different steel grades for car body use can be characterised<br />

by their microstructure or their alloying concept<br />

as shown in Table 2. [1].<br />

324<br />

typical mechanical property ranges of these different<br />

steels are presented in Figure 2. It can be seen that the<br />

strength-ductility relationship of AHS steels is improved<br />

compared to HS steels. the recently developed HM steels<br />

show extraordinary strength-ductility relationships with a<br />

product R m × A 80 up to 40 000 Mpa % [4, 5].<br />

the AHS steels are characterized by the combination<br />

of different phases with regard to microstructure description.<br />

Smaller constituents like precipitates of microalloying<br />

elements are not considered to be isolated phases in<br />

this respect.<br />

while single phase microstructers in mild steels can<br />

be simply described by grain size and grain shape, dual<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331


J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />

phase, duplex, and multiphase microstructures need additional<br />

features for quantification i.e.:<br />

- volume fraction of different phases,<br />

- grain size of each phase,<br />

- hardness ration of the hard and the soft phase,<br />

- local chemical composition,<br />

- mechanical stability of the metastable phase.<br />

typical microstructure features of different single and<br />

multiphase steels are summarized in Table 5. The Dp and<br />

trIP steels are characterized by a medium ferrite grain<br />

size which, to some extent, can be refined by a controlled<br />

transformation of the super cooled austenite. both steels<br />

contain finely distributed islands of the second phase with<br />

extraordinary small island diameters between 1 and 4 mm.<br />

Dual phase steels<br />

Among Ahs steels, dual phase steels are gaining the<br />

widest usage among automakers. this is because they<br />

provide an excellent combination of strength and ductility<br />

while at the same time they are widely available due to the<br />

relative ease of manufacture. The following Table 3. is a<br />

summary of the dual phase product property requirements.<br />

requirements for the same product sometimes vary widely;<br />

hence only representative property targets are listed.<br />

All the steels developed are based on annealing in<br />

the two phase (intercritical) temperature region and the<br />

consequent increase in carbon content in austenite comparison<br />

with the average carbon content in the steel. Thus,<br />

as shown in Figure 3, carbon in austenite at a lower intercritical<br />

temperature cg 2 , is higher than carbon at a higher<br />

temperature, cg 1 , at the same total steel carbon content.<br />

The comparison of ccT diagrams after intercritical<br />

annealing with CCt of the same steel after annealing in γ<br />

region, i.e. after complete austenitization, displays some<br />

critical features of their difference shown in Figure 4.<br />

[6]. higher carbon content in austenite after intercritical<br />

annealing results in a significant shift of pearlite transformation<br />

towards lower temperature and slower cooling<br />

rates. It is clear that the relative fraction of the formed<br />

ferrite always increase, and significantly at certain cooling<br />

rates. the intercritical annealing is not confined only to<br />

higher carbon, in comparison with the fully austenitized<br />

condition. The acceleration of “new ferrite” formation<br />

due to the presence of pre-existing phase boundaries and<br />

corresponding repartitioning of carbon has very important<br />

consequences for production of Dp and TRIp steels.<br />

The cold rolled dual phase steels have been developed<br />

using advantages of the water quench continuous annealing.<br />

It is clear from Figure 3. the closer to A c1 the annealing<br />

temperatures are, the higher carbon content is in austenite<br />

(cg) and higher its hardenability. thus, effect of annealing<br />

temperature (T an ) and cooling rate are interrelated. The<br />

lower the T an in the a + g region is and therefore the higher<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331 325


J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />

cg, the lower the permissible cooling rate is that allows<br />

martensite transformation while avoiding pearlite and/or<br />

bainite transformation. Direct quenching from intercritical<br />

temperature range allows achieving the steels of very high<br />

strength without expensive alloying. by water quenching<br />

but without initial slow cooling, any desired volume fraction<br />

of martensite, which will be equal to the amount of<br />

formed austenite can be obtained [7]. The combination<br />

of beneficial features, especially in R e /R m ratio and partly<br />

in elongation, can be achieved using interrupted cooling<br />

cycle involving direct quenching and relatively slow initial<br />

cooling. Figure 5. presents effects of quenching tempera-<br />

326<br />

ture T q and various annealing temperatures on properties<br />

of Dp steel. similar results were presented for various<br />

amounts of c and Mn in work [8]. As shown, the lower the<br />

annealing temperature (higher austenite stability), is the<br />

larger plateau of quenching temperature is where there are<br />

no hanges in volume fraction of martensite and therefore<br />

Ts occur. Representative microstructures for two of the<br />

steels grades cR 590 Dp and cR 980 Dp are presented<br />

in Figure 6. [19].<br />

A scheme of the metallurgical concept of obtaining<br />

dual phase steel structure after galvannealing is presented<br />

in Figure 7. Intercritical annealing can be used to obtain<br />

austenite enriched by carbon. the basic idea is to have<br />

such combination of c and Mn content as to ensure a<br />

very high stability of gamma phase, sufficient to prevent<br />

any decomposition of austenite during galvanizing and/or<br />

galvannealing. the final austenite to martensite transformation<br />

should take place during final air cooling. However,<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331


J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />

the higher the galvannealing temperature is, the more are<br />

chances that the remaining austenite would decompose<br />

partly by bainite reaction prior martensite transformation<br />

during final air cooling.<br />

Additional contribution to enrichment of austenite by<br />

carbon takes place during the initial slow cooling from<br />

galvannealing temperature, when “new ferrite” formation<br />

initiates from austenite at sufficiently high temperatures.<br />

At slow cooling a near-equilibrium carbon redistribution<br />

from ferrite to remaining austenite can be achieved. This<br />

phenomenon has some important practical consequences<br />

such as significant decreasing the sensitivity of the final<br />

structure and properties to annealing temperature [9]. In<br />

fact, the higher the annealing temperature and higher the<br />

amount of initial austenite, is the lower is its stability due<br />

to its lower carbon content and the greater the amount of<br />

“new ferrite” formation. the typical microstructure of<br />

coated dual phase steels is presented in Figure 8.a [19].<br />

concerning galvanized steels (GI in Table 3.) the dual<br />

phase structure can be obtained using the same concept<br />

shown in Figure 7. the key factor of this approach is<br />

sufficient, rather high steel alloying (> 2 % Mn and/or<br />

additions of Cr, Mo, V, which are ferrite stabilizers). on<br />

the other side, such alloying can result in welding problems.<br />

At the same time, the contribution to strengthening<br />

by Si addition provides the same product strength at less<br />

martensite volume fraction and also gives an additional<br />

option to decrease the content of carbon or alloying elements<br />

that could negatively affect carbon equivalent and,<br />

therefore, weldability of steel [10]. typical microstructure<br />

of GI steels contains a dominant portion of martensite with<br />

a very small portion of bainite as strengthening phase in<br />

ferrite matrix is presented in Figure 8.b [19].<br />

multiphase steels<br />

Multiphase steels, also referred to as complex phase<br />

steels, provide higher level of yield strength at the same<br />

comparable tensile strength levels of dual phase steels.<br />

to obtain the high YS/tS ratio, different metallurgical<br />

principles need to be used for cold rolled and for galvannealed<br />

products. For cold rolled steels, achievement of<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331 327


J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />

higher R e /R m ratio of > 0,7 is possible with a higher overage<br />

temperature on a appropriate dual phase structure.<br />

For galvannealed steels, however, higher R e cannot be<br />

328<br />

obtained from an initial dual phase structure since in the<br />

galvannealing process, martensite is formed only in the<br />

final step of air cooling and no further overageing is possible.<br />

the only way to gain yield strength in galvannealed<br />

multiphase structure is to obtain appropriate mixture of<br />

pearlite, bainite as well as ferrite straightened by grain<br />

refinement and precipitation strengthening by nb. typical<br />

mechanical properties of cold rolled and galvannealed<br />

multiphase steels are given in Table 5. and structures are<br />

displayed in Figure 9. [19].<br />

A wide range of properties can be obtained with the<br />

same chemical composition only by adjusting the volume<br />

fraction of the second phases [14, 15]. steels with ferriticpearlitic<br />

dual phase structure give properties inferior to<br />

those having a ferritic-martensitic structure. The general<br />

trend is an increase of yield and tensile strength with rising<br />

volume fractions of the harder phase.<br />

The microstructure of multiphase steels compared to<br />

the single phase microstructures of most cold formable<br />

steels requires additional information such as volume<br />

fraction, size, distribution, and morphology of the different<br />

phases, Figure 10.<br />

while single phase microstructures in mild steel<br />

can be simply described by grain size and grain shape,<br />

multiphase microstructures need additional features for<br />

quantification i.e. volume fraction of different phases,<br />

grain size of each phase, hardness ratio of the hard and<br />

the soft phase, local chemical composition, and mechanical<br />

stability of the metastable phases. Concerning<br />

individual specific steels, including dual phase, duplex,<br />

trIP, partly martensitic steels and complex steels, the<br />

different characteristics of phases the structure consists<br />

of are required to define specific role of individual phase<br />

in multiphase structure and its contribution to mechanical<br />

properties.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331


J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />

tRip steels<br />

trIP steels, based on transformation induced plasticity<br />

effect, offer the highest combination of strength and elongation,<br />

which is measure of high level energy absorption [13].<br />

Simultaneously, trIP steels display high n-value strengthening<br />

coefficient up to the limit of uniform elongation as<br />

shown in Figure 11. [14]. In addition, they also show high<br />

bake hardening compared to dual phase steels [15].<br />

these steels belong to AHS group and they are characterised<br />

by the combination of different phases with regard<br />

to the light optical microstructure description. smaller<br />

constituents like precipitates of microalloying elements<br />

are not considered to be isolated phases. The TRIp and Dp<br />

steels are characterized by medium ferrite grain size which,<br />

to some extent, can be refined by a controlled transformation<br />

of super cooled austenite. both steels contain finely<br />

distributed small islands of second phase with diameters<br />

between 1 and 4 mm.<br />

Among the noticeable microstructural parameters<br />

which affect the mechanical properties of TRIp steels are:<br />

martensite volume fraction, martensite island diameter,<br />

ferrite grain size, retained austenite volume fraction and<br />

bainite morphology and packet size. the typical microstructure<br />

features of different single and multiphase steels<br />

are summarized in Table 5. [14].<br />

Various processing routes for trIP steels are either<br />

already in use or are subject to discussion depending on<br />

the product [15]. The use of strip caster for processing<br />

of high alloy steels has been put to industrial practice<br />

already, while for low alloy multiphase and trIP steels<br />

this is still a matter of current research. special attention<br />

has to be paid to the cooling strategy when producing<br />

hot rolled multiphase steels. After solutioning and different<br />

steps of rolling in roughing and finishing mill the<br />

microstructure and the mechanical properties are finally<br />

adjusted in the cooling section. A variation of the cooling<br />

intensity and the coiling temperature allows to change the<br />

transformation behaviour and to vary the strength level.<br />

The temperature-time schedule for the production of hot<br />

rolled dual phase and trIP steels by continuous processing<br />

is shown in Figure 12.<br />

After cold rolling, to developed multiphase structure<br />

with TRIp effect in steel, the strip has to undergo a heat<br />

treatment that can be realized in continuous annealing lines<br />

and hot dip galvanising lines, Figure 13. Low alloy trIP<br />

steels are subjected to a two step heat treatment with critical<br />

annealing in the temperature range 780 - 880 °c, fast<br />

cooling and another isothermal annealing between 350 -<br />

500 °C and followed by slow cooling to room temperature.<br />

The microstructure after intercritical annealing contains<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331 329


J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />

almost identical volume fractions of ferrite and austenite.<br />

During the second isothermal holding the austenite is<br />

mostly transformed to bainite with final retained austenite<br />

volume fraction of 5 to 15 %. typical microstructures of<br />

trIP steels developed by different etching procedure are<br />

presented in Figure 13.a, b.<br />

The description of the production process requires the<br />

strict control of the process parameters, which is necessary<br />

in order to produce the desired microstructure and<br />

mechanical properties. TRIp aided steels are developed<br />

because of their attractive combination of high strength<br />

together with high ductility and remarkable strain hardening<br />

[16, 17]. It is the strain hardening behaviour and the<br />

temperature sensitivity of these steels which distinguishes<br />

TRIp aided steels from conventional cold formable steels.<br />

A strong temperature dependence of the strain hardening<br />

was observed for all TRIp aided steels [18]. Due to the<br />

strain induced formation of martensite the mechanical<br />

properties of trIP steels respond sensitively and change<br />

in a wide range if the test temperature is changed. The<br />

definition of optimised structure of trIP steels for different<br />

forming operations or forming parameters will need a<br />

more thorough and quantitative understanding of the temperature<br />

and stress state dependencies and microstructural<br />

features responsible for these.<br />

maRtensitic steels<br />

Using water quenching in a continuous annealing<br />

line, steels with 100 % martensite can be produced. These<br />

steels offer very high strength although ductility is lower<br />

than other Ahs steels. The strength of these steel is controlled<br />

by the carbon content and complete austenitizing<br />

temperature is used to obtain a fully martensitic structure.<br />

The selection of martensitic steels in production and their<br />

330<br />

mechanical properties are given in Table 6. Martensitic<br />

steels have also been in use for bumpers and door beams<br />

for some time now [19].<br />

conclusion<br />

Advanced high strength steels are defined according<br />

to their microstructural features. they offer extraordinary<br />

strength-ductility relationship and are thus of prime interest<br />

for automotive applications. Matching exact mechanical<br />

properties of the intended steel grades the critical forming<br />

mode requires an added level of steel suppliers’ knowledge.<br />

the advance AHS steels have been broadly applied<br />

to various automotive parts over the last few years. the<br />

advanced dual and multiphase steels are already used in<br />

production vehicles starting as early as 2005. Producing<br />

companies have developed various hot and cold rolled<br />

AHS steels and continue to develope new types of steels<br />

in response to automotive demands for additional Ahs<br />

steels capabilities. The next generation of Ahs steels is<br />

likely to be a new class of steels based on tWin induced<br />

plasticity, called tWIP steels. these offer very high<br />

elongations of 60 - 80 % at comparable strength levels.<br />

Since the trial of tWIP was successfully produced a decade<br />

ago, the productivity improvement for cold and hot<br />

rolled strips is now under way. the optimum materials for<br />

each automotive part can be efficiently determined with<br />

the help of the steel suppliers, since this provides critical<br />

tips for successful forming of parts in many cases. As a<br />

partner of automaker the steel supplier participates in the<br />

full automobile production process, and must be ready to<br />

share risks involved in the applications of new steels in<br />

combination with advanced forming technologies.<br />

RefeRences<br />

[1] w. bleck, phiu-on, Iron & steel suplement 40 (2005), 91.<br />

[2] w. bleck, proc. of International conference on TRIp Aided high<br />

Strength Ferrous Alloys, 2002, Ghent, 247.<br />

[3] J. s. kim, J.h. chung, posco Technical Report (1997) 2, 180.<br />

[4] h. hofman, s. Goeklue, J. Gerlach, U. bruex, proceedings ID-<br />

DrG International Deep Drawing 2004 Conference, Sindelfinden,<br />

Germany, 270.<br />

[5] r. Viscorova, J. Wendelsrorf, k. H. Spitzer, J. kross, V. Flaxa,<br />

proceedings IDDRG International Deep Drawing 2004 conference,<br />

Sindelfinden, Germany, 261.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331


J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />

[6] n. Fonstein, A. Davidiuk, proceedings of 7 th International conference<br />

on heat Treatment of Materials, 1990, Moscow, Russia, 201.<br />

[7] A. nishimoto, Y. Hosoya, k. nakaoka, ISIJ 21 (1981) 11, 778.<br />

[8] I. Gupta, p. h. chang, conference proceedings, TMs-AIME 1984,<br />

Detroit, UsA, 236.<br />

[9] G. Eldis, conference proceedings, TME-AIME 1984, washington,<br />

UsA, 202.<br />

[10] I. Tsukatani, IsIJ International 31 (1991) 9, 992.<br />

[11] J. Zrnik, o. Stejskal, Z. novy, P. Hornak, M. Fujda, Materials<br />

science & Engineering, 2005 (in press).<br />

[12] I. b. timochina, P. D. Hodgson, E. V. Pereloma, Metall. and Materials<br />

Trans. A 35 (2004), 2331.<br />

[13] V. Zackey, E. Parker, D. Fahr, r. bush, trans. of ASM 60 (1967),<br />

252.<br />

[14] o. Moriau, L. t. Martinez, P. Verleyzen, J. Degrieck, Proc. of<br />

International conference on TRIp Aided high strength Ferrous<br />

Alloys, 2002, Ghent, 247.<br />

[15] o. Jakubovsky, n. Fonstein, D. bhattacharya, Proc. of International<br />

Conference on trIP Aided High Strength Ferrous Alloys, 2002,<br />

Ghent, 263.<br />

[16] b. Engl, E. J. Drewes, Proc. IbEC’97 Congress “Automotive body<br />

Materials”, stuttgart, 2002, 127.<br />

[17] T. heller, b. Engl, proc. on Thermomechanical processing of steels,<br />

London, May 2000, 438.<br />

[18] w. bleck, s. kranz, J. ohlert, k. papamantellos, proceedings 41st<br />

MWSP Conference, ISS, Vol. XXXVII, 1999, 295.<br />

[19] D. bhattacharya, Proc. the Joint Int. Conf. of HSLA Steels, november<br />

2005, hainan, china, 69.<br />

[20] D. J. kim, s. c. baik, s. h. park, Y. R. cho, s. J. kim, proc. of<br />

new Development in sheet Metal Forming, stuttgart, 2004, 281.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331 331


Ž E LJ E Z A R A S P L I T<br />

STEEL WORKS SPLIT<br />

PODUZEĆE ZA PROIZVODNJU I PRERADU ČELIKA d. d.<br />

21 212 Kaštel Sućurac - Brižine b. b. - HRVATSKA<br />

TELEFONI<br />

Centrala: 385 21 202 - 111<br />

Direktor: 385 21 202 - 104<br />

Fax: 385 21 260 - 802<br />

Telex: 261169 STZEL RH<br />

Brzojav: “ŽELJEZARA SPLIT” - K. Sućurac<br />

Poduzeće u svom sastavu ima:<br />

Čeličanu sa elektrolučnom peći, lončanom peći i kontiljevalicom<br />

kapaciteta 190 000 t godišnje,<br />

čeličnih kontinuirano ljevanih gredica<br />

100 × 100 × 2000 - 6000 mm,<br />

125 × 125 × 2000 - 6000 mm,<br />

u kvalitetama: - niskougljičnih čelika,<br />

- srednjeugljičnih čelika i<br />

- niskolegiranih čelika.<br />

Valjaonicu godišnjeg kapaciteta 170.000 t/god. valjane<br />

robe, uglavnom:<br />

- betonskog čelika glatkog,<br />

- betonskog čelika orebrenog u kolutima i šipkama,<br />

- toplo valjane žice.<br />

U daljnjoj fazi prerade,<br />

Hladnu preradu čelika, koja proizvodi 35.000 t/god.<br />

sljedećih proizvoda: Hladno valjani/vučeni betonski čelik<br />

(glatki i orebreni, u šipkama i u kolutu), sve vrste vilica,<br />

zavarene armaturne mreže, ogradne žičane mreže i vrata,<br />

fine ogradne mreže za peradarstvo i mreže za poljoprivredu<br />

(uzgoj cvijeća i povrća).<br />

Betonski čelik i toplo valjana žica,<br />

- valjani betonski čelik, glatki<br />

∅ 8, 10, 12, 14 i 16 u kolutu,<br />

∅ 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 i 25 u šipkama dužine<br />

12 m.<br />

- valjani betonski čelik, rebrasti<br />

∅ 8, 10, 12 i 14 u kolutu,<br />

∅ 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 19, 22 i 25 u šipkama dužine 12 m.<br />

- toplo valjana žica<br />

∅ 8, 10, 12 i 14 u kolutu.<br />

Jamstvo kvaliteta naših proizvoda je trideset-petogodišnje<br />

iskustvo i priznata kvaliteta na domaćem i stranom tržištu.<br />

Za sve naše proizvode izdajemo tvorničke ateste.<br />

21 212 Kaštel Sućurac - Brižine b. b. – CROATIA<br />

Phone: 385 21 202 - 111<br />

Fax: 385 21 260 - 802<br />

Telex: 261169 STZEL RH<br />

Telegram:<br />

“STELL WORKS SPLIT” - CROATIA - K. Sućurac<br />

The company consists of the following plants:<br />

Steel mill with electric arc furnace, ladle furnace and<br />

continuos cast machines,<br />

capacity 190 000 t/year of<br />

continuously casted steel billets:<br />

100 × 100 × 2000 - 6000 mm,<br />

125 × 125 × 2000 - 6000 mm.<br />

Qualities: - low carbon steel,<br />

- middle carbon steel and<br />

- low alloyed steel.<br />

Rolling mill capacity 170.000 t/year of rolled product,<br />

mostly:<br />

- rolled reinforcing steel plain,<br />

- rolled reinforcing steel, ribbed,<br />

in coils and in bars,<br />

- hot - rolled wire.<br />

In further phase of processing,<br />

Cold processing steel 35.000 t/year of the following<br />

products: Cold rolling/drawing reinforcing steel (plain<br />

and ribbed, bars and coils), all kinds of stirrup, walded<br />

reinforcing meshes, wire netting fences and gates, poultry<br />

wire meshes, wire mesh for agriculture (flower and<br />

vegetable formes).<br />

Rolled reinforcing steel and hot - rolled wire,<br />

- rolled reinforcing, steel<br />

∅ 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16 in coils,<br />

∅ 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 and 25 in bars lenght<br />

12 m.<br />

- rolled reinforcing steel ribbed<br />

∅ 8, 10, 12 and 14 in coils,<br />

∅ 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 19, 22 and 25 in bars lenght 12 m.<br />

- hot - rolled wire<br />

∅ 8, 10, 12, 14 in coils.<br />

35 years of experience and an approved quality of our<br />

products in domestic and foreing markets are the best<br />

guaranty of our company.<br />

All our products are supplied with necessary test certificates.


J. J. Dańko, Dańko M. et al.: HoLTzER THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN ISSN 0543-5846<br />

METaBk 45 (4) 333-340 (2006)<br />

UDC - UDk 7.05:621.74(100)=111<br />

THE STATE OF ART AND FORESIGHT OF WORLD’S CASTING PRODUCTION<br />

J. Dańko, M. Holtzer, Faculty of Foundry Engineering University of<br />

Mining and Metallurgy, Cracow, Poland<br />

Received - Primljeno: 2005-11-10<br />

accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-06-15<br />

Review Paper - Pregledni rad<br />

The state of art and foresight of world’s casting production is discussed in the paper on the basis of the latest<br />

statistical data. The progress gained during the last few years in foundry engineering is shown as a way to<br />

further development of foundry technology.<br />

Key words: castings, foundry, foundry production, new foundry technologies<br />

Stanje i predmnijevanje svjetske proizvodnje odljevaka. Na temelju posljednjih statističkih izvješća, u članku<br />

se raspravlje o stanju i predmnijavanju svjetske proizvodnje odljevaka. Probitačan napredak tijekom nekoliko<br />

posljednjih godina u ljevačkoj industriji se pokazao kao putokaz budućeg razvitka ljevačke tehnologije.<br />

Ključne riječi: odljevci, ljevanje, ljevačka proizvodnja, nove ljevačke tehnologije<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

The casting production is considered as one of the main<br />

factors influencing the development of world economy.<br />

actual capacity of the world’s casting production, which<br />

is higher than 60 million metric tones per year, is strongly<br />

diversified. The last decade brought significant changes in<br />

the world map of the greatest casting producers. Globalisation<br />

and transformation of economic systems is reflected<br />

by variations of foundry production in different countries,<br />

moreover the globalisation of economy is regarded not<br />

only as a chance but also as a menace for the European<br />

foundries.<br />

SOME COMMENTS<br />

ON THE HISTORY OF FOUNDRY<br />

When considering the development of foundry engineering<br />

in a historical aspect we tend to connect it with<br />

the development of the human civilisation and to attribute<br />

to it the high position among the oldest world professions.<br />

In the times, from which the written sources are available,<br />

such as Biblical verses, Egyptian drawings or illustrations<br />

on ancient Greek vases (Figure 1.), existed already an<br />

advanced casting handicraft intended for religious cults,<br />

statues and armament elements.<br />

Foundry production of middle ages consisted first of<br />

all of bells, baptismal fonts, temple portals, grave plates,<br />

cannons and other equipment for war purposes. Significant<br />

development of the production technique and work<br />

organisation took place within guild associations of bellfounders<br />

and smelters.<br />

The invention of printing by Gutenberg (1420) played<br />

certainly an important role in the development of lowmelting<br />

non-ferrous metal casting. an intensive search for<br />

production methods for type-metals for whole founts led<br />

to inventing of pressure die casting and machinery casting<br />

(W. Church - 1822, D. Bruce - 1838, J. Sturgis - 1849).<br />

Contemporary history is a continuation - in a global<br />

aspect - of scientific research and popularisation of inventions<br />

of a threshold importance. For foundry engineering it<br />

means the continuous period of introduction of enormous<br />

amount of the new versions of technologies, new materials,<br />

new applications and innovative metallurgical processes<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340 333


J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />

(electrometallurgy) as well as a<br />

real revolution in the production<br />

management.<br />

The driving force of the foundry<br />

engineering is currently the automotive<br />

industry, which requires<br />

quality castings produced by means<br />

of practically all available technologies<br />

and casting materials. The<br />

transfer from production in natural<br />

moulding sands to a serial production<br />

in synthetic ones occurred.<br />

The quality of castings obtained<br />

from special alloys reaches the level,<br />

which meets the requirements of<br />

a cosmic technique. The progress<br />

and advancement of the material<br />

engineering science gained lately<br />

allow obtaining the strength properties<br />

of alloys and composites like<br />

from the fantasy-land.<br />

ESTIMATION OF THE<br />

CURRENT SITUATION<br />

IN THE WORLD’S<br />

CASTING PRODUCTION<br />

The estimation of the current<br />

state of the world’s casting production<br />

can be done either globally or<br />

with dividing into kinds of casting<br />

materials, or taking into account<br />

factor encompassing countries of<br />

the given continent. In this last<br />

case it is possible to separate four<br />

groups of the countries, producers<br />

of castings, according to the statistical<br />

data published in Modern<br />

Casting [2] (see Table 1.):<br />

The first group consists of<br />

countries of the highest castings<br />

production, such as: USa, Japan, China and Russia.<br />

The second group contains highly industrialised countries<br />

of Western Europe: Germany, France, Great Britain,<br />

Italy and Spain.<br />

To the third group belong the extra-European countries,<br />

such as: India, Brazil, South korea, Taiwan, Mexico and<br />

Turkey, in which significant increase of production occurred<br />

during the last decade.<br />

The fourth group consists of countries of Middle-East<br />

Europe: Poland, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania and<br />

Hungary.<br />

annual world’s casting production and percentage<br />

participation of group of countries in world’s volume of<br />

334<br />

casting over analized period of time is shown in Table 2.<br />

Previously, the first place belonged to the USa (11,871<br />

mln tonnes), which in 2001 was overtaken by China (14,889<br />

mln tonnes). Russia, after the decomposition of the Soviet<br />

Union, decreased its casting production from approximately<br />

18,0 mln tonnes in 1991 to 6,2 mln tonnes in 2001, which<br />

means 65 % decrease [2, 3].<br />

Casting production in Japan was gradually decreasing<br />

from 1991 (7,958 mln tonnes) to the level of 5,841 mln<br />

tonnes in 2001, which caused shifting Japan to the fourth<br />

place in the global casting production.<br />

out of the extra-European countries of a high dynamic<br />

of development the first place belongs to India (3,155 mln<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340


J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />

tonnes). Brazil is the second (1,76 mln tonnes) South korea<br />

the third (1,683 mln tonnes) and Mexico the fourth one (1,68<br />

mln tonnes). Taiwan (1,209 mln tonnes) and Turkey (0,905<br />

mln tonnes) supplement the list of countries, where the total<br />

casting production achieved in 2001 - 10,3 million tonnes.<br />

In the countries of the former Socialistic Countries<br />

(Czech Republic, Poland, Romania and Hungary) the<br />

significant decrease occurred already before 1991, thus<br />

values given in Table 1. do not fully represent the observed<br />

production decline. However, apart from the situation in<br />

Hungary, this decline continued in the investigated period<br />

(1991 - 2001).<br />

as the result of social-economic changes in Poland, the<br />

domestic casting production in the last two decades of the<br />

20 th century decreased by 67 % [4]. During the analysed<br />

period the casting production decline occurred also in<br />

Great Britain (–48,5 %), Germany (–16,38 %), Belgium<br />

(–17,4 %) and Norway (–7,1 %).<br />

Development of casting production in some European<br />

countries, estimated also for the period of the last two<br />

decades of the 20 th century, is quite interesting. Statistical<br />

data for those countries are as follows: Finland (increase<br />

by 0.6%), Italy (+11,26 %), Portugal (+17,0 %), Holland<br />

(+20,8 %), austria (+38,4 %), Sweden (+152,5 %), Spain<br />

(+165 %).<br />

among the European Union countries the main casting<br />

producers are still: Germany (35,4 %), France (19,25 %)<br />

and Italy (18,2 %). The shares of Great Britain (9,0 %),<br />

Spain (8,4 %), austria (2,3 %), Sweden and Belgium (1,3<br />

% each) are much smaller. The remaining countries have<br />

only 3,8 % share.<br />

The European foundry industry, according to data<br />

evidenced in statistical reports [2, 3], is the third largest in<br />

the world for ferrous casting and second largest for nonferrous.<br />

The annual production of castings in the enlarged<br />

European Union amounts to 11,7 million tones of ferrous<br />

and 2,8 million tonnes of non-ferrous castings. Germany,<br />

France and Italy are the top three producers in Europe,<br />

with a total annual production of over two million tones<br />

of castings each. Together, the top five countries produce<br />

more than 80 % of the total European production.<br />

The progress of material substitution for ferrous castings<br />

extended in recent years caused the share of iron castings<br />

in the output total to decline slightly, dropping, from<br />

58,9 % in 2001 to 58,2 % in 2002. Producers of nodular<br />

iron castings held at the same time a share of 34,3 % in<br />

the output total, making an increase of 0,5 % compared<br />

to preceding year. analogical data for malleable castings<br />

shown expansion of their share from 1,1 % in 2001 to 1,3<br />

% in 2002. Share of steel castings in the output total in<br />

2002 is dropping 0,1% (to 5,8 %).<br />

General statement is that the total European production<br />

tonnage of ferrous castings has been stable over past<br />

five years, although some fluctuation have occurred for<br />

individual countries. The analysis of the presented data<br />

shows that the figures for Great Britain (as an instance)<br />

indicate a general declining trend in production output,<br />

whereas the trend for Spain is one of growth. In recent<br />

years, Spain has taken over the fourth position from Great<br />

Britain, with both having a production of over one million<br />

tonnes of castings.<br />

The non-ferrous foundry sector has undergone steady<br />

growth since 1998. In general in most countries production<br />

has risen. The output of non-ferrous metal alloys is<br />

still dominated by light metal casting at a share of 75,1 %,<br />

despite a decline by 3,5 percentage points compared to the<br />

year before. The share of copper alloys went down from 10,1<br />

to 9,8 %, and the share held by the producers of zinc alloys<br />

similarly shrank from 8,7 to 7,3 %. The noticeable in last<br />

two decades development in the market for aluminum and<br />

magnesium castings was mainly caused by a growing shift<br />

of the automotive industry towards lighter vehicles.<br />

although the production volume has remained relatively<br />

stable over the past five years, there has been a decline in the<br />

total number of foundries. Data on the number of foundries<br />

show that there has been a general decline in the number<br />

of foundries since 1998, with the loss of about 5 % of the<br />

existing foundries each year (now approximately 3000<br />

units), which is also reflected in the employment numbers<br />

(now about 260.000 people). However, the foundry industry<br />

is predominantly still an SME industry, with 80 % of<br />

companies employing less than 250 people.<br />

The foundry production which is now undertaken<br />

results from fewer units and less employees. This can be<br />

explained by progressive up scaling and automation in the<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340 335


J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />

foundry units. The relationship between unit size, production<br />

and employment is well illustrated in Figure 2.<br />

one can notice that the larger West European producers<br />

(Germany, France) are attaining higher productiveness<br />

with fever people. The more labor-consumption units<br />

are found in the Eastern and Southern<br />

part of Europe (Poland, Hungary, and<br />

Portugal).<br />

The main markets served by the<br />

foundry industry are the automotive<br />

(about 50 % of marked share), general<br />

engineering (30 %) and construction (10<br />

%) sectors. While iron castings mostly<br />

(i.e. > 60 %) go to the automotive sector,<br />

steel castings find their market in<br />

the construction, machinery and valve<br />

making industries.<br />

IS THE FOUNDRY<br />

INDUSTRY AS THE<br />

PRODUCTION TECHNIQUE<br />

HAVING A FUTURE? …<br />

analysis of the world economy and<br />

its development trends indicates for the<br />

constantly growing share of foundry<br />

industry as the production and treatment<br />

technology of metal products. The biggest<br />

growth of casting production takes<br />

place in the countries being the economic<br />

leaders, in which it constitutes the<br />

significant part of the global income.<br />

Continuous development of technologies<br />

and means of production did<br />

336<br />

not cause any elimination of castings as a production<br />

technique, but - on the contrary - increased its importance<br />

and resulted in treating the foundry industry as a significant<br />

and constant element of the economic and civilisation<br />

development of nations. Direct shaping of metal products<br />

of practically every degree of complication, realised by<br />

the limited number of technological procedures, eliminating<br />

several additional operations - necessary when other<br />

production techniques are employed - constitutes still the<br />

basic advantage of this method, even when castings are in<br />

the range of the so-called “high-tech” (Figure 3.).<br />

CHANCES AND DIRECTIONS OF THE FOUNDRY<br />

INDUSTRY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT…<br />

The most important research directions leading to<br />

further development of the foundry industry:<br />

- development of new technologies and casting alloys,<br />

- melting and liquid metal preparation,<br />

- preparation of casting materials and composites,<br />

- manufacturing of moulds and cores,<br />

- pouring, solidifying and cooling of castings,<br />

- knocking out, cleaning and finishing of castings,<br />

- technological waste management,<br />

- new production systems and quality control.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340


J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />

The comparison concerning directions, research advancements<br />

and their implementations into the foundry industry<br />

in the USa, Japan, and Europe is given in Table 3.<br />

New technologies and casting alloys<br />

Research will concentrate on the development and inventing<br />

new casting materials, which microstructure could<br />

be controlled on the molecular level. Investigations on amorphic<br />

and nanocrystalline metallic materials will be continued<br />

since they are characterised by unique properties:<br />

- mechanical (high strength and resistance),<br />

- physical (favourable magnetic properties [Fe-Co alloys],<br />

superconductivity [Mo and Nb alloys]),<br />

- chemical (corrosion resistance).<br />

Investigations will also concentrate on magnesium alloys,<br />

which are characterised by low density (they are 36%<br />

lighter than aluminium alloys), high resistance and excellent<br />

damping properties, good flowing power, possibility<br />

of treatment and regeneration. after solving problems<br />

concerning corrosion they will constitute the automotive<br />

sector future. Their application will significantly lower<br />

the weight of vehicles thus, contributing to environment<br />

protection by diminishing their negative influence.<br />

Research related to aDI cast steel, which due to a high<br />

abrasion resistance accompanied with a very good ductility<br />

will find wide application in many industrial sectors<br />

substituting alloy cast steel or steel after thermal treatment,<br />

will be continued.<br />

Casting in the semi-solid metal state (SSM)<br />

Casting in the semi-solid metal state SSM found the<br />

application in thixocasting, rheocasting and thixomoulding<br />

processes [5, 8].<br />

The thixocasting process utilises the technology of<br />

die casting of magnesium alloys, specially prepared before<br />

introduction into the die-casting mould. Thixotropic<br />

properties of material enable a laminar filling of die-casting<br />

moulds, which eliminates gaseous porosity of castings and<br />

non-metallic inclusions. Parts made in the SSM technology<br />

apart from good mechanical properties (resistance,<br />

elongation) are characterised by tightness, possibility of<br />

thermal treatment and welding. This technology allows<br />

substitution of expensive products obtained by plastic<br />

forming procedure by products made in conventional die<br />

casting machines of slightly changed parameters.<br />

The casting process utilising rheological properties<br />

of alloys (rheocasting) was invented by the Japanese<br />

Company UBE Technologies. The most widely known<br />

process version is New Rheocasting (NCR) developed<br />

by the Company in 1996. Pictorial diagram of the NCR<br />

process is given in Figure 4.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340 337


J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />

Thixocasting (Thixomoulding) is the third modification<br />

of the casting process utilising thixotropic properties<br />

of metals being in the semi-solid state. This technology<br />

was introduced in the middle of the last decade of the 20 th<br />

century by the american Company Thixomat and has been<br />

constantly developing since then. Pictorial diagram and<br />

individual production phases of the Thixocasting process<br />

are presented in Figure 5. [5, 8].<br />

Melting and the preparation of metal<br />

an intensive development of induction furnaces of<br />

medium frequency, introduction of cokeless cupolas, with<br />

an output of 3 - 20 tonnes of cast iron per hour, as well<br />

as research aimed at significant energy saving (which has<br />

both economic and ecological importance) - can be noticed<br />

presently. out of several novelties, being currently<br />

researched worth mentioning are:<br />

- levitation melting, intended for alloys characterised by<br />

high chemical affinity to the furnace lining (e.g. Tial).<br />

The melting process is performed either in a vacuum<br />

or in special protective atmosphere, which allows producing<br />

alloys of a good purity. Due to an inspection<br />

of electromagnetic phenomena there is a possibility<br />

of checking metal parameters without generating any<br />

turbulences;<br />

- removal of non-metallic inclusions from melting metal<br />

by means of a constant magnetic field. Investigations<br />

carried on in Japan confirmed the method effectiveness<br />

in removing silicon contaminations from aluminium alloys.<br />

This can have great significance in the aluminium<br />

scrap processing.<br />

338<br />

Preparation of casting materials and composites<br />

Procedures of material and composites preparation are<br />

essential for the quality of castings. a majority of casting<br />

defects is caused by an improper selection of casting<br />

materials and means of their processing [9].<br />

Modern moulding sands circulations, characterised by<br />

the introduction of microprocessor process control systems<br />

and visualisations of several operations, will enable stabilising<br />

moulding sand parameters thus, improving qualities<br />

of moulds and castings.<br />

Manufacturing of moulds and cores<br />

Further progress in the methodology of moulding<br />

utilising air jet blown directly into moulding sands can be<br />

foresighted. Those are, apart from blowing methods: impulse<br />

moulding, moulding by air stream blowing through<br />

moulding sand followed by further press compacting,<br />

and the vacuum press moulding [10 - 12]. The renewed<br />

interest in a dynamic press moulding and vibratory-press<br />

moulding machines constitute a good forecast for their<br />

further application.<br />

Flaskless moulding will further constitute the most<br />

economic method of serial production of moulds for the<br />

majority of small and medium size castings. The lower<br />

limit of serial moulds production depends solely on the<br />

costs of the model instrumentation, since the system of<br />

automatic changes of instrumentation enables model<br />

changing without the production interruption [13].<br />

In the range of core-shop equipment and instrumentation<br />

the development trends concern mostly the technology<br />

of cores hardened in room temperatures.<br />

Pouring, solidifying and cooling of castings<br />

In modern casting plant these problems are inseparably<br />

connected with the computerisation and utilisation of new<br />

techniques and simulating tools. Techniques of computer<br />

assisted technologies being now-a-days useful tools of<br />

designing and production will become a must in foundries<br />

aspiring to survive in the market.<br />

Computer aided techniques can be applied in:<br />

- model designing in CaD system (aesthetic shape, geometry,<br />

volume, weight, etc.),<br />

- simulation of functional properties at operating conditions<br />

(strength, resistance, durability),<br />

- simulation of the production process (casting, thermal<br />

treatment),<br />

- selection of treatment procedures and production (prototype,<br />

instrumentation, mechanical treatment, quality<br />

control).<br />

Simulation processes will by applied in:<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340


J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />

- designing and drawing of the shape of the model,<br />

- dimensioning of the model,<br />

- defining the boundary conditions,<br />

- performing the simulation of pouring and solidifying<br />

processes as well as for the interpretation of the simulation<br />

results,<br />

- selecting thermal treatment and determination of stresses.<br />

Environment protection<br />

The foundry industry is a major player in the recycling of<br />

metals [14]. Steel, cast iron and aluminum scrap is re-melted<br />

into new products. Most possible negative environmental<br />

effects of foundries are related to the presence of the thermal<br />

processes and the use of mineral additives. Environmental<br />

effects therefore are mainly related to the exhaust and offgases<br />

and to the re-use or disposal of mineral residues. Emissions<br />

to air are the key environmental concern. The foundry<br />

process generates mineral dusts, acidifying compounds.<br />

products of incomplete combustion and volatile organic carbons.<br />

Dust is a major issue, since it is generated in all process<br />

steps, in varying types and compositions. Dust is emitted<br />

from metal melting, sand moulding, casting and finishing.<br />

any dust generated may contain metal and metal oxide. In<br />

foundry process, emissions to air typically not to be limited<br />

to one (or several) fixed point(s). The process involves<br />

various emission sources (e.g. from hot castings, sand, hot<br />

metal). a key issue in emission reduction is not only to treat<br />

the exhaust and off-gas flow, but also to capture it.<br />

Since foundries deal with a thermal process, energy<br />

efficiency and management of the generated heat are important<br />

environmental aspects. However, due to the high<br />

amount of transport and handling of the heat carrier (i.e.<br />

the metal) and its slow cooling, the recovery of heat is not<br />

always straightforward.<br />

Foundries may have a high water consumption e.g. for<br />

cooling and quenching operations. In most foundries, water<br />

management involves an internal circulation of water, with<br />

a major part of the water evaporating. The water is generally<br />

used in cooling systems of electric furnaces (induction<br />

or arc) or cupola furnaces. In general, the final volume of<br />

waste water is very small. Nevertheless, when wet dedusting<br />

techniques are used, the generated waste water requires<br />

special attention. In high pressure die-casting, a waste<br />

water stream is formed, which needs treatment to remove<br />

organic (phenol, oil) compounds before its disposal.<br />

The purpose of the Directive IPPC (Council Directive<br />

96/61/EC) to achieve integrated prevention and control<br />

of pollution arising from the activities listed in annex I,<br />

leading to a high level of protection of the environment<br />

as a whole [15].<br />

one of the most important issues of the IPPC Directive<br />

is application of the BaT principle. The BaT descriptions<br />

contain mainly:<br />

- characteristics of the process technology,<br />

- specific production of emissions, waste and by-product<br />

generation, needs to consumptions of raw materials and<br />

energy inputs,<br />

- the most effective technologies related to decreasing of<br />

emissions and waste rates and to increasing of energy<br />

savings,<br />

- identification of BaT technologies,<br />

- the new and developed technologies and processes.<br />

CONCLUSIONS<br />

European metalcasting industry, just as most European<br />

and USa manufacturing, suffered greatly from the early in<br />

this decade. Moreover, substantial dynamics in the global<br />

economy, especially off-shore sourcing of cast metal components<br />

as well as the off-shore manufacturing of durable<br />

goods that require castings continue to profoundly reshape<br />

European metal casting industry. The effects of the recession<br />

were magnified by the influx of low-priced castings from<br />

off-shore sources including Brazil, India and particularly<br />

China. Nowadays it is becoming clear that economic trends<br />

and technological advances are creating an inflection point<br />

in the growth rate for cast metals components. The growth<br />

in the world economy, particularly in such countries like:<br />

China, Russia, India and Brazil will fuel demand for casting<br />

related to transportation and an industrialized infrastructure.<br />

according to opinion of M.W. Schwatzlander and R.E.<br />

Showman [16] from ashland Casting Solution Group,<br />

advanced in ferrous metallurgy, extraction metallurgy and<br />

materials processing will provide new alloys and casting opportunities<br />

that haven’t been seen since growth of aluminum<br />

castings in the twentieth century. Improvements in casting<br />

design and manufacturing processes will finally convert the<br />

“black art” of foundry into a science.<br />

Metalcasters need to invest in technology and in<br />

people. a meaningful improvements in casting design,<br />

modeling, prototyping and production will be of the highest<br />

importance if foundries want to achieve increasing the<br />

capabilities and lower costs.<br />

Finally foundries need to invest in people. The knowledge<br />

and skills needed to keep pace are changing even<br />

faster than the technology. over the next 50 years, new<br />

skills will need to be developed every three to five years.<br />

ongoing training and education will be a must for successful<br />

foundries.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

[1] T. Gutowski, Casting http://www.mit.edu/afs/athena/course/2/2.810/<br />

oldfiles/ts_temp/Casting.ppt<br />

[2] “Census of World Casting Production” 1991, 2003, 2004, 2005<br />

Modern Casting No 12, (monthly journal, edited annually with<br />

the data concerning the number of casting houses and the world<br />

casting production in the year preceding the issue).<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340 339


J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />

[3] J. Tybulczuk, J. Piaskowski: Technological Foresight. Forecasting<br />

of the Foundry Engineering Development Taking into account<br />

its Significance for the Economy. Part I: analysis of the World’s<br />

Foresight, Two-monthly Journal ‘ Foundry Engineering - Science<br />

- Practice , 6 (2004), Special Issue No 3.<br />

[4] D. P. kanicki.: Global casting report: past, present and future.<br />

Modern Casting (2000) 12, 24 - 34.<br />

[5] J. aguilar, M. Fehlbier, P. R. Sahm: SSM processing of magnesium<br />

alloys. Diecasting Times 4 (2002) 3, 13 - 14.<br />

[6] F. J. Edler, G. Lagrene, R. Siepe: Thin-walled Mg Structural Parts<br />

by a Low-pressure Sand Casting Process. Proceedings, International<br />

Congress “Magnesium alloys and their applications”,<br />

Monachium, 2000, pp. 553 - 557.<br />

[7] aFS 2003 Metalcasting Processes Forecast and Trends, american<br />

Foundry Soc. Des Plaines 2002.<br />

[8] G. Chiarmetta, P. Giordano: Rheocasting in a class of its own.<br />

Diecasting Times 4 (2002) 3, 22.<br />

[9] “Data relating to the European Foundry Industry”. Committee of<br />

European Foundry assoc. http://www.caef-eurofoundry.org/industry.htm.<br />

CaEF 2002.<br />

340<br />

[10] J. Dańko, R. Dańko, M. Holtzer: Reclamation of used sands in<br />

foundry production, Metallurgy 42 (2003) 3, 173 - 178.<br />

[11] J. Dańko, z. Górny: Casting Research in Poland in the Last Decade.<br />

Proceedings, 3 rd Congress of the Polish Foundry Engineering,<br />

Warsaw, 1999, pp. 18 - 42.<br />

[12] R. Dańko: Foundry Engineering, Tradition, Modernity and Future,<br />

Foundry Journal 54 (2004) 4, 322 - 330.<br />

[13] W. Hespers, M. Lustig: Systematic planning of investments in<br />

moulding plants, allowing for technical and organizational developments.<br />

Casting Plant and Technology (1988) 4, 14 - 23.<br />

[14] M. Holtzer, J. Dańko, R. Dańko: Possibilities and limitations of<br />

environmenal management in domestic foundries at the moment<br />

of Poland’s joining to the UE structures. Proceedings, The Polish-<br />

Romanian Conference, Cracow, 2003. pp. 39-49.<br />

[15] European Commission. Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control.<br />

Reference Document an Best available Techniques in the<br />

Smitheries and Foundry Industry. Sevilla 2005. Finish Report.<br />

[16] M. W. Swartzlander, R. E. Showman: Golden age of Castings,<br />

2005-2050, aFS Transactions 2005, paper 05-046 (14), pp. 1 - 7.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340


Z. Z. KERAn, KERAn M. et al.: SKUnCA, FInITE M. ELEMEnT MATH APPROACH TO AnALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWInG...<br />

ISSN 0543-5846<br />

METABK 45 (4) 341-346 (2006)<br />

UDC - UDK 539.383:539.411:621.97=111<br />

FINITE ELEMENT<br />

APPROACH TO ANALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWING PROCESS<br />

Z. Keran, M. Skunca, M. Math, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering and<br />

naval Architecture University of Zagreb, Zagreb, Croatia<br />

Received - Primljeno: 2006-01-17<br />

Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-05-30<br />

Review Paper - Pregledni rad<br />

The intention of this research is to make analyze of deep drawing Cr-Ni stainless steel process. The research<br />

is related to forces that appear in machine tool during the process and also to material stress and its behaviour.<br />

The results are taken from two sources and their comparison is made. The first source of results are experiments<br />

made on hydraulic press, and the other source are results obtained by creation of finite element model (FEM)<br />

and process simulation on MSC Marc Mentat program package. The measurements are made in cases of different<br />

reduction coefficient and different tool material. Comparison that is given is related to punch and pressure<br />

plate forces, and the state of material stress for each reduction coefficient is observed too. Datasheets and force<br />

diagrams present the results, and material stress can be seen on figures that are result of the simulation.<br />

Key words: FEM, reverse drawing, material stresses, cracking possibility, MSC Marc program package<br />

Pristup metodom konačnih elemenata analizi procesa osnosimetričnog protusmjernog dubokog vučenja.<br />

Namjera provedenog istraživanja jest načiniti analizu procesa dubokog vučenja Cr-Ni nehrđajućeg čelika.<br />

Istraživanje se odnosi na sile koje se javljaju u alatu tijekom procesa te također na pojavu naprezanja u materijalu<br />

i ponašanje dotičnog naprezanja. Rezultati su uzeti iz dva izvora i načinjena je njihova usporedba. Prvi izvor su<br />

rezultati eksperimenata izvedenih na hidrauličnoj preši, a drugi izvor čine rezultati dobiveni kreiranjem modela<br />

metodom konačnih elemenata (MKE) i simulacija procesa pomoću programskog paketa MSC Marc Mentat.<br />

Eksperimentalna mjerenja načinjena su za različite koeficijente redukcije. Dana je usporedba rezultata koji se<br />

odnose na silu u žigu alata i pritisak na rondelu, a također je promatrano stanje naprezanja u materijalu za svaki<br />

koeficijent redukcije. Rezultati su prikazani u obliku tablica i dijagrama, a naprezanja u materijalu prikazana su<br />

na slikama dobivenim kao izlazni podaci simulacije procesa metodom konačnih elemenata.<br />

Ključne riječi: MKE, protusmjerno vučenje, naprezanja u materijalu, mogućnost pucanja, MSC Marc Mentat<br />

programski paket<br />

INTRODuCTION<br />

Deep drawing of a metal sheet is a standard technique<br />

that is widely used in order to fabricate thousands of sheet<br />

metal structures per day in many industries, e.g. automotive,<br />

aerospace, beverage industry etc.<br />

One of the biggest challenges in deep drawing metal<br />

forming is to achieve the final product by very few draws.<br />

Thus, it makes possible to reduce time and expenses of<br />

production. Reverse drawing is an operation developed<br />

from the standard deep drawing process. Its purpose is<br />

to convert two draws of the standard process into one<br />

operation. In this way one can have greater d 1 /d 2 ratio<br />

without stopping the process and also without taking down<br />

the working piece. As all of these actions take time to be<br />

done, the time and of course the expenses are automatically<br />

saved.<br />

Actual position of reverse drawing process in the world<br />

is a production of aluminium and copper and their alloy<br />

products. Deep drawing of Cr-ni stainless steel presents<br />

an actual problem because of a great hardening of these<br />

alloys during metal forming processes [1].<br />

However, reliable FE models and simulations for describing<br />

the process are of a great value in reducing much<br />

of the tool tryout work. In this way, improvements of the<br />

process are made before making expensive tools needed<br />

for experimentation. In that way experiments are needed<br />

just to verify the simulation.<br />

THE PRObLEM ESTAbLISHMENT<br />

As we are trying to reduce the number of needed<br />

draws, in each draw the reduction coefficient is becoming<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 341-346 341


Z. KERAn et al.: FInITE ELEMEnT APPROACH TO AnALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWInG...<br />

smaller than before, sometimes even smaller then recommended<br />

one.<br />

In sheet-forming processes however, several type of<br />

failures could occur, such as rupturing, necking, wrinkling<br />

and too large spring back that are undesirable. In this case<br />

they are result of the existence of inappropriate forces and<br />

material stresses during reverse drawing Cr-ni stainless<br />

steel process. The main task is to avoid these failures by<br />

careful analyzing of its all-possible causes.<br />

The scheme of the reverse drawing operation shows<br />

the way it works and its main components.<br />

Looking the scheme, we can assume the way this<br />

process works: in a first draw punch is moving into a die<br />

in order to plastically deform a blank sheet of metal into<br />

a desired shape as it does in usual deep drawing process,<br />

and achieves d 1 diameter. After first draw is stopped, the<br />

second draw punch is starting its motion in the opposite<br />

direction. It is pushing the bottom of the working piece into<br />

hollow punch, which now becomes a die for the second<br />

draw, giving it new diameter d 2 . The working piece gets its<br />

final shape and is pushed out by hydraulic knockout bar.<br />

In a deep drawing process, change of working pieces<br />

shape is made by simultaneous activity of tensile stress<br />

on the outside surface of the piece, compressive stress on<br />

the inside surface of the piece (result is diameter reducement),<br />

and by bending the piece around bottom corners<br />

of the punch (change of direction). Bending increases<br />

sum-total of all stresses.<br />

In a first draw, diameter reduction, from blank sheet diameter<br />

to first draw diameter, can be relatively large because<br />

the bending participation is usually small. On the opposite, in<br />

other draws, the bending participation is greater and allowed<br />

coefficient of shape changing must be reduced. The differ-<br />

342<br />

ence between bending of standard second draw and second<br />

draw in reverse drawing is in number of direction changing<br />

that occur in it. In standard deep drawing second draw exists<br />

triple bending (1. bending in direction of motion, 2. bending<br />

in the opposite direction, 3. straightening), and in reverse<br />

drawing second draw it happens four times (1. bending in<br />

direction of motion, 2. straightening, 3. bending in direction<br />

of motion, 4. straightening). Because of that difference, there<br />

is also a difference in stresses that appear in material. Very<br />

good description of stress diference is β 2 - σ z (drawing ratio<br />

- total stress) diagrams. Beside them are schemes of the<br />

operations that show direction changes of material.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 341-346


Z. KERAn et al.: FInITE ELEMEnT APPROACH TO AnALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWInG...<br />

It is obvious that because of greater stresses, second<br />

draw in reverse drawing, and is very much alike to produce<br />

some of the failures. That is why stresses should be<br />

estimated and watched very carefully.<br />

Main parameters that need to be carefully calculated<br />

and considered are:<br />

- reduction coefficients in each draw, related - needed<br />

number of draws;<br />

- tool dimensions and shapes;<br />

- tool forces;<br />

- material stresses and its hardness in each draw.<br />

EXPERIMENTATION<br />

The intention of experiments that were carried out<br />

was to analyze a pot producing from a 1 mm thick blank<br />

sheet of a diameter D 145 mm to a final diameter d 2 53<br />

mm through two draws. After first draw, calculated and<br />

achieved diameter was d 1 80 mm. Analyzed material was<br />

Cr-ni stainless steel. Because of very few known data<br />

about this material’s behaviour in reverse drawing processes,<br />

some authors suggest heating on temperature of 150<br />

- 200 şC [3]. This experimentation was referred to carrying<br />

out a process in a cold state. Experiments were made on<br />

double acting hydraulic press. The double action refers<br />

to the clamping mechanism moving independently of the<br />

punch mechanism. This allows for the boundaries of the<br />

sheet blank to be clamped while the punch pushes the sheet<br />

into the die cavity. The ability to independently control<br />

both the clamp and the punch affords the opportunity for<br />

various modifications of the experimental procedure. It<br />

needs to be accented that reverse drawing processes are<br />

recommended to be drawn at triple acting presses [4], but<br />

because such equipment is not accessible, the experiment<br />

was performed at double acting press.<br />

A few questions got their answers by making modifications<br />

in experimental parameters:<br />

1. How much reduction coefficient of the first draw can<br />

be reduced?<br />

2. How does the punch force act if we change reduction<br />

coefficient (by changing blank sheet diameter D, we<br />

change reduction coefficient of the first draw)?<br />

3. How does the punch force change in a second draw<br />

in relation to the change of punch force and reduction<br />

coefficient in a first draw?<br />

Material properties<br />

Material that was processed is X 5 Cr Ni 18 10 with:<br />

0,037 % C; 0,343 % Si; 1,019 % Mn; 0,031 % P; 0,0015 %<br />

S; 18,155 % Cr; 8,927 % Ni; 0,032 % N. But, as it is well<br />

known, the same chemical composition can have different<br />

mechanical properties. This is a consequence of different<br />

ways of sheet rolling (different numbers of reduction), and<br />

also different heating treatment. Mechanical properties are<br />

given in Table 1. The most important mechanical property in<br />

this case is ductility, expressed with A80 : 57,3 - 60,2 %.<br />

Sheet surface was highly polished with foil rolled on<br />

both sides that was used as a lubricant.<br />

Experiment and the results<br />

In metal forming technology standard experiment<br />

models are applied. Usually those are factor analyses<br />

with one or more factors. In this particular case, one-factor<br />

experiment method is used. It can be observed that<br />

in such experiments result dependence on just one factor<br />

is a fiction. It is possible to find several more factors that<br />

have influence on final result. Such idealisation in complex<br />

cases can be justified in certain circumstances:<br />

- if factors that are not expressed are maintained in constant<br />

level,<br />

- if their influence is negligible,<br />

- if their influence is accidental and is possible to use<br />

methods of mathematical statistics to separate their influence<br />

from controlled factor in calculated experimental<br />

error.<br />

In this case condition of constant level is satisfied.<br />

A choice about the number of experiments is made<br />

according literature [5]. Probability of 50 % with probability<br />

level of 0,90, demands at least 7 measurements for<br />

each factor level.<br />

The reduction coefficient is defined by the following<br />

expression [6]:<br />

D<br />

m =<br />

D<br />

where:<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 341-346 343<br />

1<br />

0<br />

(1)<br />

m - reduction coefficient,<br />

D 1 - pot diameter after specific draw,<br />

D 0 - pot diameter or a blank sheet diameter before specific<br />

draw.<br />

It is well known that after any cold plastic deformation,<br />

material strength grows up and ductility decreases. There-


Z. KERAn et al.: FInITE ELEMEnT APPROACH TO AnALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWInG...<br />

fore, reduction coefficient must be bigger in each draw,<br />

and is specifically defined for each draw and also for each<br />

material. In a first draw, its minimum is about 0,60 and in<br />

a second draw its minimum is about 0,80. Because this numerical<br />

coefficient grows up, it means that deformation level<br />

becomes smaller which is acceptable in relation to a smaller<br />

material ductility. When reduction coefficient is changed,<br />

blank holder force is constant, punch force is changing too.<br />

The smaller reduction coefficient is, the punch force grows<br />

up. Also, the stress hardening grows up with smaller reduction<br />

coefficient, and because of greater plastic deformation,<br />

material strength grows up too and ductility decreases. no<br />

special lubricant was used, but instead of it a polymer foil<br />

was applied. Punch speed was 0,020 m/s.<br />

344<br />

In the experiment, reduction coefficient was changed<br />

in a first draw from 0,55 to 0,66. With smaller reduction<br />

coefficient built-in material stresses were too large, so, in<br />

the second draw cracking took place. By changing reduction<br />

coefficient, punch force was changing from 270 kN to<br />

185 kN. According to plan of experiment 84 measurements<br />

are made. Analyse is carried out using program package<br />

SPSS for statistical analyses.<br />

Third question that need an answer is related to the<br />

second draw. It is very interesting to observe how changes<br />

of parameters in a first draw influence on the change of<br />

parameters in a second draw. Specifically: how does the<br />

punch force change in a second draw in relation to the<br />

change of punch force and reduction coefficient in a first<br />

draw? Reduction coefficient in the second draw is constant<br />

and amounted 0,68. Punch force in a second draw related to<br />

reduction coefficient in a first draw is shown in Figure 5.<br />

Cracking avoidance<br />

As it is well known, mentioned sort of stainless steel is<br />

a material with extreme hardening in metal forming processes.<br />

That is why those processes demand great control<br />

of all process parameters and avoidance of any unnecessary<br />

imposed material stress. In this particular case problem can<br />

be created with large blankholder force. It is expressed in<br />

case of the smallest reduction coefficient in a first draw (m<br />

= 0,55) when all stresses reach their maximal value. All<br />

residual stresses are remaining in second draw and cause<br />

cracking. To avoid it blankholder force in a first draw has<br />

to be held in smallest level that provides regular drawing<br />

– 20 kN. In greater reduction coefficients sum total of all<br />

stresses is becoming smaller and naturally, risk of cracking<br />

is smaller too [4].<br />

Change of sheet thickness is a phenomenon that needs<br />

to be observed and mentioned in context of cracking<br />

possibility. In the experiment that was carried out sheet<br />

thickness was measured on final product for each reduction<br />

coefficient. The most important change occurred at<br />

critical points (beginning of bottom round). This change<br />

varied from 0,1 to 0,3 mm related to change of reduction<br />

coefficient in a first draw. It is important to notice that<br />

change of 0,3 mm is even 30 % of sheet thickness and<br />

occurs when reduction coefficient reaches 0,55.<br />

RESuLTS OF THE SIMuLATION<br />

The numerical analysis was preformed using MSC<br />

Marc Mentat elasto-plastic program commercial package.<br />

In the presented deep drawing problem, the full newton-<br />

Raphson iterative procedure is chosen to solve the iteration<br />

process and nonlinear equations of motion. This method<br />

has quadratic convergence properties and the stiffness<br />

matrix is reassembled in each iteration. Convergence<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 341-346


Z. KERAn et al.: FInITE ELEMEnT APPROACH TO AnALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWInG...<br />

can be slowed down by some approximations, but these<br />

computational problems are of a less importance when<br />

iterative solvers are used. Since material elements rotate<br />

during deep drawing process, large displacement, finite<br />

strain plasticity and updated Lagrange procedure need to<br />

be adopted in calculation. In the Lagrangian approach, the<br />

element stiffness is assembled in the current configuration<br />

of the element, and the stress and strain output is given<br />

with respect to the coordinate system in the updated configuration<br />

of the element [7].<br />

The stiffness is formed using four point Gaussian<br />

integration. Because of large displacements request, an<br />

additional contribution needed to be made to the stiffness<br />

matrix. By default, the analysis program uses the<br />

full stress tensor at the last iteration, which results in the<br />

fastest convergence [7].<br />

3D model was created. Fourth part is used, modeled<br />

by 3D membrane shell elements number 139. This is four<br />

nodes, thick shell element with global displacements and<br />

rotations. Bilinear interpolation is used for the coordinates,<br />

displacements and rotations. The membrane strains are obtained<br />

from the displacement field, the curvatures from the<br />

rotation field. The transverse shear strains are calculated at<br />

the middle of the edges and interpolated to the integration<br />

points. This 3D model is particularly interesting because<br />

wrinkling occurrence can be easily detected.<br />

The main intention of a FEM simulation analysis was<br />

a detailed follow of material stresses and punch force behaviour<br />

through the deep drawing process in both draws. In<br />

that way the number of experiments could be reduced.<br />

On the Figure 6. tool with its main parts is presented.<br />

The position of the parts is in third quarter of the process<br />

time.<br />

The first interesting question in simulation analysis is<br />

behaviour of material stress in the point in which it reaches<br />

its greatest value. Figure 7. presents equivalent Von Mises<br />

stress in working piece. It shows both draws simulated<br />

using 3D membrane shell elements.<br />

Minimal stress occurs on the top of the working piece,<br />

and it grows toward bottom of the working piece. Critical<br />

point is placed on the beginning ob bottom round. On<br />

Figure 8. critical point in deep drawing processes is shown.<br />

Legend shows scale expressed in n/mm 2 .<br />

The second question is behaviour of punch force and<br />

maximum of needed force for specific deep drawing process.<br />

On diagrams presented on Figure 9. and Figure 10. is<br />

the answer to the question. The axis x shows increments of<br />

simulation computing, that are set task. There are 100 incre-<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 341-346 345


Z. KERAn et al.: FInITE ELEMEnT APPROACH TO AnALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWInG...<br />

ments in working cycle and 5 increments in reciprocating<br />

motion. The axis y shows punch force expressed in n.<br />

It is important to notice that maximal computed force<br />

in each draw is relatively close to the force got from the<br />

experiments.<br />

CONCLuSION<br />

As it is presented, reducement in number of draws is<br />

solved by reversed drawing. Because of complexity of<br />

346<br />

the process and because of sensibility of the main parameters,<br />

FE modeling showed its best face. All the changes<br />

were done at first on the FE model, and after that on the<br />

experimental tool and part.<br />

It is interesting to discuss results of punch force<br />

changing related to the reduction coefficient changing.<br />

By growing of reduction coefficient punch force decreases<br />

following a regression tendency curve. For the observed<br />

Cr-Ni stainless steel minimal reduction coefficient cannot<br />

go under 0,55 because the cracking occurs in the second<br />

draw. Punch force in the second draw is smaller, but by<br />

reduction coefficient changing, it also follows its own<br />

regression tendency curve.<br />

Criterion of process success was avoidance of cracking<br />

occurrence. That is because by sticking to calculated<br />

process parameters no other problems took place [8].<br />

Important occurrence that has to be notified is that<br />

reduction coefficient of 0,55 in a first draw is critical point<br />

in which all process parameters reach their critical value.<br />

That happens because of extreme hardening of material.<br />

This is the area that still needs to be improved by possible<br />

heat treatment.<br />

Another thing that needs to be discussed is process<br />

simulation. By FE model creation and its processing we<br />

can read all the forces, displacements and stresses in process<br />

time. Punch motion was defined in increments. By<br />

observing each increment it is possible to have monitoring<br />

over all important process parameters as the process occurs.<br />

In this way all changes of parameters can be verified<br />

virtually before they happen in the real process.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

[1] Doege, Meyer, Saeed, FlieβkurvenAtlas metallisher Werkstoffe,<br />

Hanser Verlog München, Wien, 1986.<br />

[2] G. Oehler, Schnitt-Stanz und Ziehwerkzenge, Springer-Verlag,<br />

Berlin, 1966.<br />

[3] H. Radtke, Technologie des Stülpziehverfahrens, Bänder Bleche<br />

Rohre, 1971.<br />

[4] Deep drawing Large Parts in Four Cylinder Presses, D. J. Taylor,<br />

MetalForming Magazine, October 1996.<br />

[5] G. M. Clarke, Statistics and Experimental Design, Edward Arnold,<br />

London, 1980.<br />

[6] Deep drawing with Hydraulic Presses, AP&T north America,<br />

MetalForming Magazine, October 2002.<br />

[7] MARC - Users guide, MARC Analysis Corporation, Palo Alto,<br />

California, Printed in U.S.A, 1996.<br />

[8] Z. Keran, M. Škunca, M. Math: Predviđanje naprezanja u materijalu<br />

i mogućnosti nastanka pukotina korištenjem MKE tijekom<br />

oblikovanja deformiranjem, MATEST 2003, Brijuni, Hrvatska,<br />

2003.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 341-346


P. P. VIRdzEk, VIRdzEk k. et TEPLIcká al.: PRoGREssIVE METhods In dEsIGn And ThEIR APPLIcATIon In EnGInEERInG Issn 0543-5846 ...<br />

METABk 45 (4) 347-351 (2006)<br />

Udc - Udk 7.05:62:681.5:004.89=111<br />

Progressive Methods<br />

in design and their aPPlication in engineering industry<br />

P. Virdzek, k. Teplická, BERG Faculty Technical University of košice,<br />

košice, slovakia<br />

Received - Primljeno: 2005-01-25<br />

Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2005-10-20<br />

Review Paper - Pregledni rad<br />

The problem of a product‘s life cycle against R&D time has occurred due to changes in the behavior of customers.<br />

One possibility how to solve this problem is to use Information technologies and the concept of CIM (Computer<br />

Integrated Manufacturing) that considerably reduces R&D time, production time and the time to market. The CIM<br />

conception is based on the utilization of single modules (CAx systems) in the Design and Production planning<br />

area, manufacturing area (CAD/CAPP/CAM) and others, integrated together into one functional unit.<br />

Key words: design, product’s life cycle, R&D (Research and Development), CIM (Computer Integrated Manufacturing)<br />

Napredne metode u dizajnu i njihova primjena u strojarstvu. Problem ciklusa radnog vijeka proizvoda<br />

prema R&D pojavio se zbog promjena nastalih u ponašanju kupaca. Jedna od mogućnosti za rješavanje tog<br />

problema je korištenje informatičke tehnologije i ideje o CIM (proizvodnja u objedinjavanju s kompjuterom) kojom<br />

se značajno smanjuje vrijeme proizvodnje kao i vrijeme marketinga. Ideja CIM-a se zasniva na korištenju<br />

pojedinih modula (CA-sustava) u području projektiranja i planiranja proizvodnje (CAPP), područje izrade (CAM)<br />

kao i drugih, ujedinjenih u jednu funkcionalnu jedinicu.<br />

Ključne riječi: dizajn, životni ciklus produkta, R&D (Istraživanje i razvoj), CIM (proizvodnja objedinjena s kompjuterom)<br />

introduction<br />

during last 10 years we have seen important changes<br />

on the market, the customer’s power was increased,<br />

customer became the center of attention and interest of<br />

manufacturers. The market of today is more flexible and<br />

customer guides its progress. Mass produced products<br />

don’t satisfy the present customers.<br />

The result of this development is consecutive decreasing<br />

of the serial production and increasing of the variety of the<br />

production programme and elasticity of production. The<br />

marketing philosophy of the firm’s management is getting<br />

forward and it responses very flexiblly to the specified<br />

customer’s needs. The philosophy describes the style how<br />

to fill and supply the customer needs. Ability to realize those<br />

customer’s needs with the minimum huge of power - time,<br />

people, energy, material, quality is also not neglected [1].<br />

To create successful product means to handle it in all<br />

areas. construction, technology, processing, surface working<br />

are very important criteria, but product is very hardly<br />

supported without design, packing and presentation. Product<br />

which doesn’t satisfy all criteria is unsuccessful on the<br />

market. during standard quality of actual products design is<br />

something, that differentiates products from each other.<br />

research and develoPMent<br />

of new Products, their design<br />

Research and development of new products, their<br />

design presents the first stage in the life cycle of product<br />

that determinates the functional properties, but it influences<br />

the production facilities and efficiency of production in<br />

the second stage.<br />

design is very important instrument which creates one<br />

part of the price of product for consumers and decides<br />

general financial results. The high flexibility and the low<br />

costs of the product modification are characteristic [2].<br />

The problem between product life and time of product<br />

development appeared due-to the customer behavior.<br />

The solution of this problem is to use methodology with<br />

the information technologies that secure reduction of<br />

development, production and implementation time of the<br />

product.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 347-351 347


P. VIRdzEk et al.: PRoGREssIVE METhods In dEsIGn And ThEIR APPLIcATIon In EnGInEERInG ...<br />

348<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 347-351


P. VIRdzEk et al.: PRoGREssIVE METhods In dEsIGn And ThEIR APPLIcATIon In EnGInEERInG ...<br />

For the small and middle firms it is not profitable to<br />

employ designer for 8 hours per day. Relationship with the<br />

external corporations is more economically interesting that<br />

are providing complete services for the activity of the firm<br />

at the area of design and presentation of problem solution<br />

by the outsourcing. Focus of activity to design products<br />

and interior was expanded on the graphic design.<br />

From actual analysis of the labor 70 % and 80 % of the<br />

total labour content resulted. This valuation is involved in<br />

the production preparation, documentation. The project and<br />

development of product influences 70 - 85 % of production<br />

costs, but these phases create less then 10 % of the<br />

product’s cost [4].<br />

Today there are used a new instruments of design for<br />

example: CAD, CAP, CAM, CIM (Figure 1.).<br />

Simulation and visualization plays significant role in<br />

these processes, mainly:<br />

- some technologies,<br />

- activities of the machine, robots, logistic and storage<br />

facilities,<br />

- plan and organization of working place, production<br />

process, installation.<br />

Using of cIM modul allows reduction of material and<br />

energy severity, reduction of storage, abbreviation of the<br />

time of production and development, increasing of the time<br />

and power of using machines, and quality of product.<br />

The computer support of the firm’s activity is solved<br />

by the algorithms. There are activities which are very<br />

hard to be automatized, they haven’t punctual algorithm<br />

of their solution.<br />

In these activities there are important long-time experiences<br />

of the employers, know- how, intuition about problem,<br />

technical intelligence. For computer support artificial intelligence<br />

and expert system of the process decision is used.<br />

Application of information technology allows using<br />

principle of simultaneous engineering. The nature of sI<br />

depends on actual product development and design of<br />

production process. The goal of the sI is to minimalize<br />

the general time of the implementation of innovation of<br />

product, to obtain high standard of quality through the<br />

lower costs. From the practical experiences it results, that<br />

the sI brings development reduction about 50 - 300 %.<br />

Progressive methods in design and their application in<br />

customer marketing presents Figure 2.<br />

Application of the simultaneous engineering is suitable<br />

especially for complex products (e.g. a car, a computer,<br />

a camera etc.) that have a long development time. Multi<br />

professional solution teams participate in product and parts<br />

development as well as in production process design. The<br />

teams are closely co-operating and working parallel on a<br />

certain product part and its mode of production and consist<br />

of designers, ergonomics, technologists, marketing and<br />

other experts, solving partial and integral tasks.<br />

characteristic features are the following [3]:<br />

- working with always actual information through the<br />

jointly sharing databases,<br />

- change in certain parts is considered in all other related<br />

parts, groups and the whole product,<br />

- simultaneous product design and production process<br />

design. Visual monitoring of the whole production process<br />

of designed products through the computer allows<br />

designers to project satisfactory products in term of<br />

technology and to detect and directly possible eliminate<br />

difficulties in production already in design stage. It could<br />

be also the source of innovation plans in many areas, e.g.<br />

change in product shape is less expensive than eventual<br />

change in production process.<br />

The progressive tools that could be used in product<br />

design are:<br />

- dFM - design for Manufacturing - design /construction/<br />

with regard to single /simple/ production of the products<br />

and their parts in minimal production costs. [5],<br />

- dFA - design for Assembly - design /construction/ with<br />

regard to single /simple/ assembly of the product, using<br />

the minimal amount/number/ of parts, constructional<br />

adaptation of the product to the assembly automation<br />

possibility or disassembly in product recycling [6],<br />

- and others: dFc (design for cost), dFE (design for<br />

Ecology) [5].<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 347-351 349


P. VIRdzEk et al.: PRoGREssIVE METhods In dEsIGn And ThEIR APPLIcATIon In EnGInEERInG ...<br />

These approaches are based on the idea of constructing<br />

the product with regard to the next stages in the product<br />

life cycle - production, assembly, recycling, etc.<br />

The other opportunity to increase productivity and flexibility<br />

of an enterprise is the FAsT PRodUcTIon concEPTIon.<br />

It is based on product modular structure which<br />

already in design stage allows to achieve short delivery time<br />

/time from the customer order to the product delivery to the<br />

customer/. The product is composed of pre-manufactured<br />

universal and standard, unified parts /modules/, produced<br />

and delivered by supplier’s /outsourcing/. The emphasis is<br />

put upon interconnection and cooperation with suppliers<br />

that cover also inventory management in the customer warehouse<br />

by JIT conception. This allows eliminating check-in<br />

of purchased parts at the consumer.<br />

The philosophy could be used mainly in electronic and<br />

car industry, e.g. commission systems - PC configurations.<br />

The one advantage is fast and flexible production /product<br />

finalization/ exactly according to customer requirements.<br />

The other advantage is wide range of many variants,<br />

achieved in the final assembly stage of the modular product<br />

by the high flexibility and short production /finalization/<br />

and delivery time [6].<br />

The considerable role in new product research & development<br />

plays construction of part or product prototype, that<br />

represents the first real vision about the object /its model/<br />

and allows to execute different test on it /design, assembly<br />

ability, functional options of the product/. It also can be used<br />

in marketing activities /starting of marketing canvass before<br />

first products manufacturing,, demand of potential customer<br />

for future product before manufacturing and modification<br />

features of the product according to customer needs/.<br />

Radical time reduction of preparing and prototype<br />

manufacturing, increasing number of design variants and<br />

manufacturing costs cutting is possible due to RAPId<br />

PRoToTYPInG /RP/ technologies.<br />

The basic principle of RP is, that object /part/ computer<br />

interpretation serves as the primary input for a technological<br />

facility that creates physical object with features close to the<br />

final object without preliminary phases and special tools.<br />

RP technologies infer from 3d cAd models information<br />

for segmentation of the volume entity on layers and using of<br />

special technique creates the layers. The idea is information<br />

generating layers in computer, generating of physical layers<br />

and their connection for model /prototype/ creation.<br />

Some of the excellent CAD/CAM/CAE systems are<br />

suitable for using of data preparation for rapid prototyping<br />

facilities. They are very useful, if the system contains special<br />

module for RP technology support /e.g. Unigraphics<br />

system by Unigraphics solutions with UG/Rapid Prototyping<br />

module/ [7].<br />

In comparison with conventional production methods<br />

prototype manufacturing by using Rapid prototyping methods<br />

takes less time - days instead of months. The advantage<br />

350<br />

of RP methods is not only fast prototype manufacturing<br />

in any development phase, but especially possibility to<br />

manufacture wide range of modifications and construction<br />

layouts of the designed product /prototype functional<br />

samples/, which can be then tested and adapted.<br />

The general feature of the RP methods is that work piece<br />

formation is not performances by material off take as it is in<br />

conventional cutting operation, but by consecutive addition<br />

of material in form of powder or melt. A part is created layer<br />

by layer. In this way it is possible to manufacture also shape<br />

complicated parts with cavities, with sloping and horizontal<br />

down sides within very little time.<br />

RP is an universal method for model manufacturing<br />

/without using forms, tools/, saving costs, useable in every<br />

production sector because of ability to produce any shape.<br />

The advantage is fast and exact model processing [3].<br />

RP is for its high economic investment costs suitable<br />

especially in major industrial enterprises, e.g. automobile<br />

industry or in company’s specializied in Research & development<br />

area. Next possible application of RP could<br />

be in electronic and electro technical sector, in consumer<br />

industry /black and white consumer electronics /, but also<br />

in health service /articular substitutes/.<br />

It is possible to assume that RP methods will be used<br />

more and more in future. In future parallel with prototype<br />

manufacturing the methods could be implicated for fast<br />

and budget-priced manufacturing of conceptual models<br />

/Rapid Modelling/, for tools and jigs manufacturing /Rapid<br />

Tooling/, for piece and small-lot production and service<br />

parts production.<br />

conclusion<br />

Productivity is a significant tool for increasing of competitiveness<br />

an enterprise on internal and external markets.<br />

It is needed to evaluate productivity in the complex way,<br />

not only in manufacturing, but also in engineering activities<br />

in pre-manufacturing stage. only shipshape integration<br />

of activities of the all stages in product life cycle allows<br />

innovation of products and production processes to overshoot<br />

in the least time, by the optimal using of enterprise<br />

resources considering customer needs. It allows flexible<br />

and fast response to changing customer requirements and<br />

leads an enterprise to the success and prosperity. Information<br />

technologies /IT/ and computers utilization at the all<br />

process from product development, design to its packaging,<br />

expedition and delivery to the customer is useful in<br />

term of the objective.<br />

In spite of intersection of IT into the manufacturing<br />

and non-productive /engineering, service/ operations, the<br />

main integrating element of the whole enterprise process<br />

are and will be qualified, motivated and satisfied staff, that<br />

play the key role in transformation of data into information<br />

and information into knowledge.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 347-351


P. VIRdzEk et al.: PRoGREssIVE METhods In dEsIGn And ThEIR APPLIcATIon In EnGInEERInG ...<br />

The complex systems implementation lay stress on<br />

multifunctional /universal/ staff and communication<br />

among people /team work/.<br />

references<br />

[1] A. csikósová, z. novek, k. kameníková: The work of marketing<br />

in the education. International seminar, košice, 1999, 17 - 20.<br />

[2] M. havrila: new technologies - Rapid Prototyping, AT&P Journal,<br />

Bratislava, 2001, 88 - 89.<br />

[3] I. kuric: cAPP - computer support for design and technical documentation,<br />

University of Žilina, Žilina, 2000, 14 - 18.<br />

[4] M. Kováč: New technics for innovation prepare in machine industry,<br />

Transfer innovation (2001) 2, 13 - 16.<br />

[5] I. kuric, R. debnár: computer support system, Ware (1998) 1, 10<br />

- 12.<br />

[6] J. N. Marcinčin: Connections of CAD/CAM/CAE system and<br />

system of the high speed prototype. Engineering 6, 1999.<br />

[7] J. Peterka, A. Janáč: CAD/CAM Systems. STU Bratislava, 1996.<br />

Acknowledgement<br />

This paper is part of grant 1/2574/05: Application of<br />

the modern trends in management.<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 347-351 351


I. MAMUZIć<br />

Glavni i odgovorni urednik časopisa Metalurgija<br />

Editor-in-chief of Journal Metallurgy<br />

Balakin Vladimir, Ukraine<br />

Balaž Bartolomej, Slovakia<br />

Billy Jozef, Slovakia<br />

Bockus Stasys, Lithuania<br />

Bohomolov Anatolij, Ukraine<br />

Bratutin Vladimir, Ukraine<br />

Bukhanovski Viktor, Ukraine<br />

Buršak Marian, Slovakia<br />

Capko Valerij, Ukraine<br />

Constantinescu Dan, Romania<br />

Čigurinski Jurij, Ukraine<br />

Dančenko Vladimir, Ukraine<br />

Dinik Julija, Ukraine<br />

Dobatkin Sergej, Russia<br />

Dolžanski Aleksej, Ukraine<br />

Dron Nikolaj, Russia<br />

Drozdov Aleksandar, Ukraine<br />

Fajfar Peter, Slovenia<br />

Franz Mladen, Croatia<br />

†<br />

Garan Vladimir, Ukraine<br />

Gasik Mihail, Ukraine<br />

Gojić Mirko, Croatia<br />

Gordienko Aleksandar, Belaruss<br />

Gornak Jan, Slovakia<br />

Grozdanić Vladimir, Croatia<br />

Gubenko Svetlana, Ukraine<br />

Guljajev Jurij, Ukraine<br />

Hidveghy Julius, Slovakia<br />

Holtzer Mariusz, Poland<br />

Hršak Damir, Croatia<br />

Jakovlev Jurij, Ukraine<br />

Kamkina Ludmila, Ukraine<br />

Kliber Jan, Czech Republic<br />

Kočubej Aleksandar, Ukraine<br />

Krivenuk Vladimir, Ukraine<br />

352<br />

Popis recenzenata članaka objavljenih u časopisu Metalurgija u 2006. godini<br />

List of Reviewers of the Articles Published in Journal Metallurgy in the Year 2006<br />

Kuzemko Vladimir, Russia<br />

Kvačkaj Tibor, Slovakia<br />

Lazić Ladislav, Croatia<br />

Loboda Valerij, Russia<br />

Lomov Ivan, Ukraine<br />

Longauer Margita, Slovakia<br />

Longauer Svätoboj, Slovakia<br />

Makarenkov Eugeniy, Ukraine<br />

Malašenko Igor, Ukraine<br />

Mamuzić Ilija, Croatia<br />

Math Miljenko, Croatia<br />

Michel Jan, Slovakia<br />

Mihok Lubomir, Slovakia<br />

Mironenko Aleksandar, Ukraine<br />

Musijaka Vladimir, Russia<br />

Negovski Aleksandar, Russia<br />

Ostrovoj Dmitrij, Russia<br />

Pališko Aleksej, Ukraine<br />

Pandula Blažej, Slovakia<br />

Pobal Igor, Belaruss<br />

Povrzanović Aleksandar, Croatia<br />

Projdak Jurij, Russia<br />

Roubiček Vaclav, Czech Republic<br />

Rybar Pavol, Slovakia<br />

Sanin Anatolij, Ukraine<br />

Syasev Andrej, Ukraine<br />

Syasev Valerij, Ukraine<br />

Šatoha Valerij, Ukraine<br />

Ševčikova Jarmila, Slovakia<br />

Šlomčak Georg, Ukraine<br />

Veličko Aleksandar, Ukraine<br />

Veselovsky Vladimir, Ukraine<br />

Vodopivec Franc, Slovenia<br />

Zrnik Jozef, Czech Republic<br />

METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 352


METALURGIJA - ^ASOPIS<br />

OSNOVAN 1962.<br />

OSNIVA ^ - DRU[TVO IN@ENJERA I TEHNI^ARA @ELJEZARE<br />

SISAK<br />

METALURGIJA - JOURNAL FOUNDED IN 1962<br />

FOUNDER - SOCIETY OF ENGINEERS AND TECHNITIANS OF STEELWORKS SISAK

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!